i -.I/. * (Jftf °/fh^ /72Z — ,0 - V'.v i m ^ no , ARCHITECTURE O F A. PALLADIO; IN FOUR BOOKS CONTAINING A Ihort Treatise of the Five Orders, and themoft neceffary Obfervations concerning all Sorts of BUILDING; AS ALSO The different Conftrudlion of Private and Purlick Houses, High-ways, Bridges, Market-places, Xystes, and Temples, with their Plans, Sections, and Uprights. Revis'd, Defign’d, and Publifh’d By GIACOMO LEON I, a Venetian : By chit cel to His mojl Serene Highness, the Late ELECTOR PALATINE. Tranjlated from the Italian Original. In Two Volume s. The Second Edition. LONDON, Printed by J o h n Darby for the Author, and all the Plates by John Vantack. M.DCC. XXI. r - . V GEORGE R. EORGE by the Grace of God, King of Great Britain, France and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, &C. To all to whom thefe Prefentsfhall come, Greeting. Whereas James Leoni of Onr City of London, Gent, hath humbly reprefented untoZls, That he hath with great Labour and Expence Publifhed a Work, Entituled, [The Architecture of Andrea Palladio, inEour Books, Printedin Englifh, Italian and French, containing a Jhort Trcatife of the Five Orders, and the nioft neceffary Obfervations concerning all Sorts of Buildings ; as alfo the diffe¬ rent Conftruciion of Private and Publick Houfes, Highways, Bridges, Market- Places, Xyfles and Temples, with their Plans. Seliions and ‘Uprights, tranfated from the Italian Original, in Five Volumes in Folio ) and hath therefore humbly befought ZJs to grant him Our Royal Privilege and Licence for the foie Printing and Publijhing thereof for the Term of Fourteen Tears-, We being willing to give all due Encouragement to IVorks of this Nature, aregracioufy pleas'd to condcfcend to his Rerjuefi ; and W ; do therefore by thefe Frcfcnts, fo far as may be agreeable to the Statute in that behalf made and provided, grant unto him the faid James Leoni, his Executors, Adminiftrators and AJfigns, Our Licence for the foie Print¬ ing and Publijhing the faid Work of Andrea Palladio, for the Term of Fourteen Tears, to be computed from the Date hereof, JiriPly forbidding all Our SubjeBs within Our Kingdoms andDominions, to reprint or abridge the fame, either in the like or in any other Volume or Volumes whatfoever, or to import, buy, vend, utter or diffri- bnte any Copies thereof reprinted beyond the Seas, during the aforefaid Term of Fourteen Tears, without the Confent or Approbation of the faid James Leoni, his Heirs, Executors and Affigns, under their Hands and Seals firfl had and obtained, as they will anfwer the contrary at their Perils -, whereof the Commijfioners and other Officers of Our Cufioms, the Maffer, Wardens and Company of Stationers are to take Notice, that due Obedience be rendered to Our Pleaf ire herein declared. Given at our Court at St. James’.! the Fifteenth Day of January 17^, in the Sixth Tear of Our Reign. By His Majefty’s Command, A LIST of the Subjcribcrs Names to this WORK. D R. John Arbuthnott. Col. Armftrong. Mr. John Andrews of Grccn- which. B. William Burnet, Efq) Mr. Silvanus Bevan, Apothecary. Mr. John Bonnell, Merchant. Mr. Andrew Bcrrangcr, Mer¬ chant. Mr. Daniel Brown. Mr. John Boucher, Carpenter, j C. Sir Robert Chaplin, Bar. Sir Clement Cottrcl, Majler of ttye Ceremonies. Charles C'relar, Efq ; Thomas Coke of, Norfolk, Efq ; Philip Craig, £/j; Mr. John Mendes de Coda, J‘un. Mr. RobertChurchil. Mr., jofeph Carter at St. Albans. Mr. Francis Clay. Mr. Thomas Coale, Ingraver. D. Duke o/Qiiccnsberry and Dover. Lord Duice. Robert D’Oyly Efq) Deputy Governor of the Tower of London. Thomas D’Oyly Efq ; Eldef Son of Sir John D’Oyly of Chiftlehampton, Bar. The Hon. Conyers Darcy, Efq) George Dalhwood, Efq ; Mr. George Dance, Mafon. Mr. Thomas Dunn, Mafon. E. Peter St. Eloy, Prottor at Doc- tor’s-Commons. The Reverend Mr. Mofes St. E- loy, Rector of Marcton Bed- fordlhire. James Edmundfon, Efq ; Mr. Thomas Edlin, Bookfeller, for 'fix; F. Major Henry Foubert Efq ; Ralph Freeman Efq ; William Forrcfter Efq ; Mr. Paul Fanjoux Apothecary. G. Mr. John Grove Merchant. Mr. Henry Green of Wyken. Mr. George Germain. Mr. Garard. Mr. Richard Gregory in Jewen- Ttreet. Mr. James Gould Surveyor. Mr. John Grove Carpenter. Mr. James Grove Carpenter. H. Col. Samuel Horley Efq ; Capt . Francis Hawkins Engineer. Brigad. Philip Honywood. Francis Hawes Efq ; Henry Hard Efq ; Hewer Edgly Hewer Efq) John Hungerford Efq ; Mr. Thomas Heames Merchant. Mr. Thomas Hinton fun. Mr. William Hargrave Senior , Joyner. Mr. Jofeph Hyam Merchant. Mr. George Hyam Merchant. Mr. Henry Hammond Bookfel¬ ler in Bath. Henry Joyncs Efq) Clerk of the Works qf his Majeftfs Palace at Kenfington. Charles Joye Efq) Edward Jefferies Efq) Mr. Tho. James//* the Tower. Mr. Thomas Jordan. Mr. Bell Jones. K. Col. Kirke. Abel Kcttilby Efq) Counfellor at Law, and Fellotv of the Royal Society. The Hon. William Ker Efq) Mr. Tho. Knap Merchant. Mr. Tho. Kynafton/br Twelve. Mr. Thomas Knight Joyner. L. The Earl of Le rnpfter. The Lord Lumley, Majler of the Horfe to his Royal Highnefs the Prince. Col. Chriflian Lilly, one of his Majeflf s Engineers. John Lcthicullier Efq) John Lambert Efq) Richard Lyddell Efq) Edward Lamplugh, Gent. Mr. Henry Lighbird fan. Mr. Thomas Lewes. M. Sir Peter Meyer Kj. Mr. Jonas Moore one of his Ma¬ jeftfs Engineers. a William Morely Efq) George Mufgravc Efq ; Daniel Mitchel Efq) Mr. John Midford Merchant. Mr. Peter Meads in the Tower. Mr. William Mears. N. Theophilus Nask Attorney at Law. Mr. Dunoyer Bookfeller for fix. Mr. Newcombe Schoolmajler at Clapton in Hackney. P. Sir Conftantine Phipps. George Pit of Arlington-dreet % William Pitt Gent. Richardfon Pack Efq) Eralmus Philips Efq) Mr. John Poole of the Navy- Office. Mr. John Pott. R. Thomas Reynolds, Efq) Capt. John Romer Engineer. Ralph Radcliff Efq) John Reynier Carpenter. S. Right Hon. Anthony Lopes Suaffo Baron of Auvergne. John Schoppens of Highgate Gent. Thomas Strode Efq) Mr. Robert Surman. Jacob Sawbridge Efq) Mr. William Skinner in the Tower. Mr. Jofeph Safford. Mr. William Shakelpear. Mr. Singleton Joyner. Mr. Tho. Spurling Joyner at Ep- fom. Mr. John Simons Joyner. Mr. Smith Carpenter at Ply¬ mouth. Mr. Shepherd Plaijlerer. Mr. Jofeph Smith Print feller. Mr. Godfrey Smith Pattern- drawer. Mr. John Sturt Ingraver. Mr. John Senex Bookfeller. T. Merry Tdlimaker, M. D. of Clarehall in Cambridge. Mr. Gabriel Tahourdin Mer¬ chant. Mr. John Townfend Mafon. W. w. The Right Reverend, the Lord lid bop of Waterford. The Hon. Mrs. Juliana Went¬ worth. Lieut. Col. Thomas Wentworth. Thomas Weft M. D. Capt. Rob.Whitchand,Dr4»^/;fj- rnun to the Office of his Majef tjs Ordnance , for Twelve. John Warburton Efq\ Somerfet Herald at Arms , and E.R. S% Hugh Wrottefly Efep, Thomas Walker Ejf Daniel Weftcomb EJf Thomas Wooford Efq- } Mr. Samuel Wittingham. Mr. Francis Witherby. Mr. Chryfoftom Wilkins. Mr. Tho. Williams Merchant, Mr. Beakc Winder Merchant. Mr. John Waftcl Merchant. Mr. John Worfter Merchant. Mr. John Withers Bricklayer. Mr. George Wyat Bricklayer. Mr. John Witt Bricklayer. Mr. John Walton Joyner. Z. Stg. John James Zamboni, for T i velve. ERRATA. Vol. I. Page Linelaft but one dele makes, p. 17. 1. 5. read fuperficies. 1. 21. read made. p. 23. 3 '• rcat ^ Pedejtal. p. 27. 1. 5. read high. p. 39 ; l6 - rea d Planks, p. 42. 1 . 3. for one third , read two thirds. Ballad, p. 60. laft line but one, inftead of Vdena, rcadVdene. p. 70. 1 . 1. add, which were great Halls or Gallons for Feafling and other Recreations^ Sec. p. 74. 1 . 4. read Virtuous. 1 . 25. read<*^. Vol. II. Page Line 4. read Palejlras. p. 10. 1 . 17. read Milliary. p. 27. 1 . 20. read delle. p. 33. 1 . 13. read part. lbtd. laft Line in the Refe¬ rences, the laft B Ihou’d be C. p. 42. \. 16. read Churches, p. 57. 1 .10. read little, p. 62. 1 . 4- from bottom, read which, p. 65. 1. 9. read which, p. 7c. 1 . t. add, of the Church of St. George the Great at Venice, whole length, THE THE PREFACE TO THE READER. FTER five Tears continual Labour, I have at laft happily finijh d the Edition which I undertook of Palladio's Archi- teaure. As for what concerns the Printing, there has been no Book hitherto more beautifully printed in England : I having refolvd from the beginning to fpare no Expence, that I might rather furpafs the ExpeBation of my Subfcribers, than come any way Jhort of it. This will more evidently appear by the great number of Copper Plates and Defigns, which I have added over and above what I promis'd. Such as are true Judges will, by comparing the Draughts of Palladio with mine, eafily difeern a vaft difference. His Wooden Cuts I have chang'd into Copper Plates, which, for the greater PerfeBion of the Work, tho much to my own Lofs, I have procur'd to be engrav'd in Holland by the famous Monfieur Picart, one of the beft Mafters of that Art in Europe. I have not only made all the Draughts my felfi and on a much larger Scale than my Author ; but alfo made fo many necejfary Con tetions with refpett to Shading, Dimenfions, Ornaments, See. that this Work may in fome fort be rather confider'd as an Original, than an Improvement. In the mean time I offer my Service, either in Perfon or otherwife, to fuch of my Subfcribers and others, as may have occafion for me in the way of my Profejfion ; as I lay hold of this opportunity to return my Thanks to them for their readinefs in forwarding my Vndertaking, by fubferibing towards it: And I hope they will continue to honour me with the like Encouragement in favour of another Work, voluminous indeed, but moft ufeful and curious, as by the printed Propofals will appear. + James Leoni NDREA TALLADIO (one of the mod Learned Architects that Italy has produc'd, fince the polite Arts begun to revive there) was born in Vicenza, a Town belonging to the Republick of Venice. His Parents were of mean Extraction, but in confideration of his great Abilities, and as a reward for the honour he did his Native City, he was made free of the fame, and receiv'd into the Body of the Nobility. He had for his Matter the Celebrated Giovanni Giorgio TriJJino , under whom he not only learnt the molt curious parts of Civil and Military Architecture, but likewife adorn’d his Mind with all forts of Erudition. He made it his chief Study to fearch into the ftatelyMonuments of old Rome, which he examin’d withun- parallel’d Diligence and Attention. His Pofthumous Work of the Roman Antiquities, tho imperfect, does yet fufticiently lhow how much he made hnnfelf Matter of the Nobleft Ideas of the Antients : for walking through the rubbith and other remains of thefe, he difcover’d the true Rules of an Art, which till his time were unknown ; even to Michel-Angelo and Brundlejchi his Con¬ temporaries. The Exactnefs of his Deligns can’t be too much com¬ mended : ’tis pity that the Authors, who have made mention of him, are blent on the particulars of his Life. They have taken great pains in giving us a long Lift of the fine Buildings wherewith he adorn’d his Country, but to little purpofe; fince we have them drawn and explain’d by himfeif, in the fecond and third Books of his Ar chit eel are. He flourilh’d in the 16th Cen¬ tury, and dy’d in the Year i 580. T H E ' ’ .. P R E F A C E TO THE E A D Y natural Inclination leading me, from my very Infancy, to the Study o i Architecture, Irefolv’d to apply my felf to it: And becaufe I ever was Opinion, that theantient Romans did far ex¬ cel all that have come after them, as in many other things fo particularly in Building, pofed to my felf Vitruvius both as my Mali.,, and Guide, he being the only antient Author that remains extant on this Subject. Then, betook my felf to the Search and Examination of fuch Ruins of an¬ tient Structures as, in fpight of Time and the rude Hands of Bar¬ barians, are ftill remaining ; and finding that they deferred a much more diligent Obfervation than I thought at firft Sight, I began with the utmoll Accuracy to meafure every the minuteftpart by it felf: And indeed, I became fo fcrupulous an Examiner of them (not difeovering that any thing, of this kind, was perform’d, without the jufteft Rea- fon and the fineft Proportion) that I afterwards, not once only, but very often, tookjournies to feveral parts of Italy, and even out of it, that I might be able, from fuch Fragments, to comprehend what the whole mult needs have been, and to make Draughts accordingly. Whereupon, conhdering how widely different the way of Building, commonly inufe, is from the Oblervations I made on thefaid Edifices, and from what I have read in Vitruvius, in Leo Baptifia Alberti, and other excellent Writers fince Vitruvius's Time, as well as from Buildings ofmy own Performance, which railed my Reputation, and gave noi'mallSa- tisfachon to thofe who were pleafed to employ me, I thought it an Un- ® dertaking PREFACE. dertaking worthy of a Man who confiders that he was not born for himfelf only, but likewifc for the good of others, to publifh to the World the Defigns (or Draughts) of thole Edifices, which with equal Expence of Time and Danger of my Perfon, I have collected; and briefly to fet down what feem’d to me molt worthy to be confider’d in them; and further, to give thofe Rules which I have hitherto fol¬ low’d in Building, and which I Ml follow, to the end that they who fhall read my Books, may be able to practile whatever they find ul'eful in them, and to lupply what is wanting, as many fuch things there may be. Thus Men, by degrees, will learn to lay alide the ftrange Abufes, the barbarous Inventions, the fuperfluous Expences, and (what im¬ ports them more than all the relt) to avoid the various and con¬ tinual Ruins which have happened in feveral Buildings. I have more¬ over apply’d my felf to this Undertaking with the greater Alacrity, be- caufe at this time 1 fee abundance of others become lludious of this Profeffion, many of whom are worthily and honourably mentioned in the Books of that rare Painter and Architect, George Vafari Aretino ; which makes me hope that the way of Building will be reduced to general Utility, and very foon arrive to that pitch of Perfection, which, in all Arts, is fo much defired. We appear to come very near it, in this part of Italy, feeing that not only in Venice (where all the Polite Arts do flourifh, and which City alone affords an Exam- pit of the Grandeur and Magnificence of the Romans) there begin to apnear Fabricks of good Talte, lince that moft celebrated Carver and Architect, Giacomo Sanfovino, firlt introduced the true manner, as may be leen, not to mention his fine Performances in the new Pa¬ lace of Procuracy, w hich is perhaps the moft fumptuousand the moft beautiful Edifice that has been erected lince the time of the Antients; but alfo in feveral other Places of lefs renown, and particularly in the City of Vicenza, which tho of no great Extent, yet is full of very refined Genius’s, and fufficiently abounds in Riches. There.I had firlt occaiion to put that in practice rvhich I now publifh for the common Good. As here may be feen divers fine Edifices, and many Gentlemen who are molt ftudious of this Art, and who, whe¬ ther their Blood or their Learning be confider’d, are not unworthy to be number’d among the molt Illuftrious, fuch as John George Enjjino, the Ornament of our Age; the Counts Marc Antony and Adrian de ‘Thieni, Brothers; Antenor Pagello, and many others ; who having pall to another Life, have eternized their Memory by the curious and rich Buildings they have left behind them. There are now living in the fame City Falio Mon&a, a knowing Perfon in many SubjeCts ; Elio de f Belli, PREFACE. Belli, the Son o (Valerio, famous for Painting in Brooch * and Cut¬ ting of Cryftal; Antony Francis Oliniiera, who beiides the Knowledge of many Sciences, is an excellent Architect and Poet, as he has de- monftrated in his Heroick Poem, Entitled Alemana, and by the Houle that he built at Bofchi di Nanto, a place of the Vicentin ; and finally, to pafs over feveral others that might reafonably lay a claim to the fame Rank, Valerio Barbarano, a moft diligent Obferver of what¬ ever any ways belongs to our Profeffion. But to return to our Sub¬ let, having defigned to publilh to the World the Fruits of thofe La¬ bours, which, with the greateft Diligence from my Youth upwards, I have been collecting; as alfo the Searching and Mcafurim> of liofe Antient Buildings that any ways came to my Knowledge; and uoon this occafion briefly to treat of Architecture in the moft orderly and diftinct method pollible; I thought it moft convenient to begin with the Houfes of private Perfons, as thinking it reafonable to believe, that thefe in time gave rile to publick Edifices, it being very pro¬ bable that Men lived firft afunder by thcmfelVes; and perceiving af¬ terwards that they needed the Aid of others to make them happy, (if indeed there be any Happinefs here) they naturally loved and defired the Company of other Men, whence, out of many Houfes they made Villages, and out of many Villages Cities, in which they built publick Places and Edifices. Befides, as of all the Parts of Ar- chitedfure, none is more neceffary than this for Mankind, nor any more frequently practifed by them, 1 {hall therefore in the firft .-f ace treat of private Houfes, and next of publick Edifices- I (hall briefly write of Streets, Bridges, publick Places, Prifons, Bafi: V, or Courts of Juftice; Xijli and Pdefire (which were Places defig -’d for bodily Exercifes) of Temples, Theatres and Amphitheatres, of Arches, of publick Baths, of Aqueducts, and laft of all, the manner of fortify¬ ing Cities and Havens. In all thefe I lliall avoid fuperfluity of Words, aifo will barely remark luch things as lllall appear to me moft ne- ceflaiy,^ ufing thofe Terms and Names that are in common ufc with our prefent Architects. And becaule I dare make no other boafts of my left than what flow merely horn the long and earneft Study, great Diligence, ftrong Paftion and AfFcCtion wherewith I have purfued the Knowledge and Practice of what I now offer to the World ; if it pleafes Goc/that I have not laboured in mam, I lllall be thankful to his Goodnefs for it with all my Heart; acknowledging my felf obliged to thol'e, who, from their fine Inventions and Experiments, have left us the Precepts of this Art; fince thereby they have opened a more eafy and expeditious way to the making of new Difcoveries, and that ui.e Colour are fo call'd. b 7 * PiElurei it PREFACE. by their means (which we ought thankfully to acknowledge) we arc come to the Knowledge of many things, which otherwile had perhaps remain’d ftill unknown. This firft part {hall be divided into two Books; the firft will contain the Preparation of the Materials, and being prepared, how, and in what form, to employ them from the Foundations up to the Roof; and here likewife will be contained thole general Rules which are to be obferved in all Ed ifices, as well publick as private. In the fecond I fhall treat of the different Qualities of Build¬ ings, l'o as to make them agreeable to Perfons of different Conditions: Firft of Houfes in the City, and next of the moll convenient Situa¬ tions for Country-houfes, and how they ought to be moll commo- dioully difpofed. But fince in this Kind, we have but very few antient Original*, by which to be governed, I fhall lay before you the Plans of feveral Houfes 1 have built for Gentlemen in divers pla¬ ces ; and lallly, the Antients Defigns of Country-houfes, with thole parts in them that were molt remarkable, in the manner that Vitru¬ vius has taught us, and that they themfelves built them. [ I ] THE FIRST BOOK. CHAP. 1 Of Things to be confided d and provided, before one H E firlt thing that requires our confideratiori, when we are about Building, is the Plan, and theUprightof the Edifice we propole to erect. Three things, ac¬ cording to Vitruvius, are chiefly to be conlider’d, with¬ out which a Building cannot be of any value. Thefe ar tCorryeniency, Solidity, m\A Beauty. For no Edifice can be allow’d to be perfect, if it be commodious and not durable ; or, if being durable, it be fubject to many incOnveniencies ; or, if ha¬ ving both folidity and conveniency, it has no beauty nor uniformity. An Edifice may be reckon'd Commodious, when every part of it has its proper place and fituation, in refpect to its dignity and tiles; having neither more nor lei's than rhefe require: as when the Halls, Rooms, Clofets, Galleries, Cellars, Garrets, fife. are fitly difpos’d, and in their proper places. The Solidity of an Edifice depends upon the care of eredting the Walls very plum, and thicker below than a- bove, with good and flout Foundations: taking care that the pillars above be exadtly perpendicular over the pillars below, and that all the openings, as Doors and Windows, be one above the other, fo that the folid be upon the folid, and the void upon the void. As for the beauty of an Edifice, it con fills in an exadt Proportion of the parts within themielves, and of each part with the whole: for a fine Building ought to appear as an entire and perfedt body, wherein every member agrees with its fellow, and each fo well with the whole, that it may feem abfolutely neceffary to the being of the fame. Thefe things confider’d upon the Draught, or Model, the Charges of the whole are to be diligently computed, and all re- C L * ] quifite materials timely provided, that nothing be deficient, or hinder the finiihing of the work; it being no little fatisfa&ion and praife to the Builder, nor a fmall advantage to the work it i'elf, if it is compleatcd with due expedition, and in all its parts together: becaufe, if all the Walls are rais’d at the lame time, they will fettle equally every where, and there will be none of thofe Chinks or Clefts, which are fo common in the buildings fimih’d at feveral times. Therefore having made choice of the moft skil¬ ful Artilfs that can be had (to the end, that, by their advice, the Work may be better carried on) Bricks, Stones, Lime, Sand, Tim¬ ber, and Metals, are to be provided in a fufficient quantity; con¬ cerning which provifion, 1 intend to lay down fome very uleful Obfervations: as for example ; for framing the Floors of the Halls and Chambers, fo many Joyfts are to be provided for, as when fram’d, there may remain between them the (pace of a Joyit and a half Likewife concerning Stones, notice ought to be taken, that the Jambs of the Doors and Windows are not to be bigger than a fifth, and not lefs than a fixth part of the opening. And if the build¬ ing is to be inriched with Columns, or Pilafters, the Safes, Capitels, and Entablature, may be made of Stone, and the refit of Bricks. As for the Walls, they ought to diminifh according as they rife. Thefe Confiderations rightly apply’d, will help to leifen the Expcnces of the work. But becaufe I am to dilcourfe about all thefe things in particular, ’twill be fufficient to have given here this general hint as a rough draught of the whole Building. And as the quality and good- nefs of the materials, are as much to be inquir’d into, as the quan¬ tity of them, the experience of thofe who have built before, will be a great help to determine what is fit and expedient to be done. And tho Vitruvius, Leo Baptifia Alberti, and other excellent Matters, have given us their opinions of the choice of Materials; yet that nothing be wanting in this Book, 1 [ball fubjoin my own Obfervations to the moft necellary of theirs. CHAP. II. Of T 1MBER. f f r • • Imhir, according to Vitruvius (Book 2. Chap. 9.) ought to be cut down in autumn, and during the winter; becaufe t h e Strength, which, in the lpring andlummer, wasdilpers’d through the leaves and fruits of the trees, is then gather’d into the trunk [ 3 ] trun ^ an< ^ boughs: and if it is fell’d in the wane of the Moon, then it is free from a certain moiilure which is apt to breed worms, and to rot the wood. Timber fhould be cut at firft only to the pith, and fo left until it be dry, that the rotting moiilure we have fpoken of, may the eafier drop down and pafs away. Being cut, it muft be laid under fhelter horn Sun and Rain, chiefly that fort of wood which grows of it {elf, that is, without being fow’d or planted, foi fear it mould chop: and in order to make it grow dry equally, it will be very proper to daub it over with Cow-dung. It fliould not be drawn home through the Dew, but rather in the afternoon ; neither ought it to be wrought, if it is wet or too dry, becaufe it would make it warp and occalion clumfy work: nor will it in lefs than three Years be dry enough to ufe it m Planks, Doors, and Win¬ dow Frames. ’Tis expedient for thofe who undertake a building, if they want skill in this, to inform themfelves from men who are throughly acquainted with the nature of Timber, that they may judge which is fit for fuch or fuch ufes, and which not. Vitruvius, in the above quoted Chapter, gives good inftrudtions on that head; befides many more, who have written at large on the fame Sub- jedt. CHAP. III. Of Stones. plgg i t H HERE are two forts of Stones, natural and artificial. Th natural are dug out of the Quarry, and either fit to mak Lime (of which we fhallfpeak more at large hereafter) or t< be employ’d in making the Walls of Buildings;' and of thefe laf there are feveral lorts. Some extreamly hard, as Marble, and fuel other living Stones, as they are call’d: fome lefs hard, as Free Hone: others foft, as Chalk. Marble and Free-ftone may be wrought as loon as dug, for they will be then more eafy to work fince the longer they are out of the Quarry they become the harder But as to fofter Stone, it ought to be dug in fummer, be expos’c to the Air, and not to beufed within two Years; efpecially when the nature of the Stone is not well known, as when ’tis dug in a place from whence none has been yet taken: for being expos’d to Wind Rain, and Froft, makes it grow hard by degrees, and more capable to bear the Weather. Another reafon why it fhould be left fo long C 4] is, that thofe which are damag’d may he laid afide, to be ufed in Foundations, and other places not expos’d to fight; and that the others which are well feafon’d may be employ d in the outhdework, becaufe then we may be lure, that after Inch a trial, they will laft long. Artificial Stones, which from their form are commonly call d Qua- drels , alias Bricks, are made of a chalky, whitilh, and loft Earth, with¬ out any mixture of Clay or Sand, which is to be carefully feparated. The Earth is to be dug in autumn, and temper’d in winter, that the Bricks may be moulded in the fpring: But it necelfity forces to make them in winter or fummer, they mull be cover’d in winter with dry Sand, and in fummer with Straw. When made, they require a long time to dry, and 'tis bell to dry them under fhclter, that both the middle and the out-lide may be equally hardned, which can’t be done in lefs than two years. They may be made bigger or fmal- ler, according to the nature and quality of the Building, and the ufe to which they are defign’d. The Antients made their Bricks for publick and great Buildings, larger than thofe for (mail and private ones. The bigger fort ought to have 1'ome holes left hereand there, that they may dry and burn the better. * AdA A-IP. A-.rA ff.-vj' A-A tOTc? t.'y"— 1 1“ tub'd.* *„ jfe & -X'. W CHAP. IV Of Sand. H§jjfg|| H R E E forts of Sand are commonly ul’cd in Buildings; Pit-Sand, River-Sand, and Sea-Sand. Pit-Sand is the bell raESS of all, and is cither black, white, red, or cindry; which laft is a fort of Earth burnt by Fire inclos’d in the Mountains, and very common in T "ufcanj. There is alfo in T ‘erra dt Lavoro , in the Territories of Bain and Cumn, a Sand by Vitruvius call’d Puteolana, which knits together very loon in Water, and makes Mortar ex¬ ceeding llrong. It has been found by long experience, that of all Pit-Sand, the white is the worft; and of River-Sand, that which is in the rapid ltreams, and under falls of water, is the bell, be¬ caufe it is the cleaned. The Sea-Sand is the worft of all; how¬ ever it ought to be blackilll and to fltline like Glals: the biggefl and nearell the ihore is the belt. Pit-Sand being the fitted makes the llrongell Mortar, and is therefore to be ufed in Walls and [ J] and long Vaults, but ’tis apt to crack. River-Sand is very good, for rendring and rough-cafiing of Walls. Blit the Sea-Sand, being foon wet and loon dry, and apt to melt away by reafon of its Salt, is unfit to bear any weight. The belt Sand in its kind of any of thefe forts, is that which being handl’d and fqueez’d between one’s Fingers, crackles or makes a noife, or, if being put upon a white cloth, it neither ftains nor dirties it. That which mingled with Wa¬ ter makes it llymy and muddy, is very bad: as alfo that which has for a long time been expos’d to the Air, Sun, Moon or Frolt; be- caufe it gathers much earth and rotten humour, apt to bring forth fhrubs and other wild plants, which are very prejudicial to Build¬ ings. CHAP. V. Of LIME, andhoiv to work it. E l I M E-Stones are either dug out of Hills, or taken out of Rivers. Thole of the Hills are good, if they are dry, free from any moifture, and naturally brittle; having no mixture of any thing in them, which after palling the Fire, might make the Stone lefs. The bell: Time therefore is made of the hardeft, heavieft and whited: Stones; and which, being burnt, remain about a third part fighter than before. There is alfo a fort of fpungy Stone, which makes very good Lime, for rendring of Walls. In the Hills of Padua , they dig a certain rugged andfealy Stone, whole Lime is very good for works expos’d to the Wea¬ ther, or in the Water, becaufe it hardens immediately, and lafts a long time. All dug Stones are better to make Lime, than the gather’d ones; and rather thofe that come from a Chady and moift Pit, than from a dry one; and the white better than the brown. Pebbles, efpecially white ones, that are gather’d in Rivers and rapid Streams, make excellent Lime; the work done with it is very white and neat, therefore ’tis commonly ufed in finifhing of Walls. All Stones, of what fort foever, are fooner or flower burnt, according to the Fire given them; but generally they are burnt in 60 Hours. The Lime being taken out of the Kiln, to flack it well, water mull: be pour’d upon it by degrees, and at divers times, till it is well temper’d. It mull: be left afterwards in a tllady place, D with- [ 6 ] without Liny mixture, only covered lightly with Sand; and when ’tis to be uled, the more it is beat and mixt with the Sand, the better and ftronger it will be, except that which is made with the ficaly Stone o i Padua; becaufe it mult be employ’d as foon as kiln’d, other- wife it walk’s and burns away. To make good Mortar, Sand is to be mixt in luch a proportion, that one part ot Lime be put with three parts of Pit-Sand, and two parts only ot River or Sea- Sand. '■X/- ' C X'' ‘'X''' '' 1 "' rX xSi C H A P. VI. Of Metals. "WT” H E Metals ufed in Building are Iron, Lead, and Copper, f 1 Iron is lit to make Cramps, Spikes, Nails, Hinges, Bolts, —- Chains, Locks, and the like works. It is no where found pure; but when the Ore is dug, ’tis purged by the Fire, which renders it liquid; and before ’tis cool, its foulnefs maybe eafily taken away. And after it is lo purg’d and cool’d, it becomes loft and ealy to be wrought and beat out with the Hammer; but it can’t eafily melt again, except it is put into a Furnace made for that purpofe. If, being red hot, it is not quickly beat and work’d, it waft.es away. It will be a fign of its Goodnefs, it being made into Bars, its veins are continu’d itrait without interruption, and if the ends of the Bars are clean and without foil, orfeum; becaufe the ftreightnefs of its veins ihewsthe Iron to be without knots, puffs or flaws: and one may judge of the middle by the ends being forg’d into fquare plates, or any other Fi¬ gure ; and if the fides are even, one may conclude that it is equally good every where, having equally endur’d the Hammer. Lead lerves to cover magnificent Palaces, Towers, Churches, and other publick Buildings: as alfo to make gutters and pipes to convey Water. It is likewile uled in faftning all manner of Iron¬ work in Stone, as for example hooks to hang Gates, &c. There arc three forts thereof, white, black, and of a colour between both, call’d by fome Afb-colour. The Black is lb call’d, not becaufe’tis really black, but only becaufe it has fome black fpots intermixt with its whitenels; and therefore to diltinguifh it from the other fort, the Antients have call’d it black. The White is the moft per¬ fect of the three. The Aill-colour is between both. Lead is dug in great natural lumps, or in fmall Ihining blackifh pieces; or elle [ 7 ] elfe in very thin Leaves which ftick in Rocks, Marble, Pebbles, Flints, and other Stones. All forts of Lead are eafily melted, be- caufe the heat of the Fire makes it Liquid, before it is red-hot ,- but if ’tis put into a very hot Furnace, it lofes its fubftance, and changes partly into Litharge, what remains being nothing but fcum. Of thefe three forts of Lead the black is the lotted,' and confequently very eafily wrought, but it is heavier than the others- The white is harder and lighter ; the Alh-colour is much harder than the white, but ot a middle weight between both. Copper is fometimes ufed to cover publick Buildings. The Antients were wont to make a fort of hook, or cramp with it, to fallen- the Stones one with another: by the help of thole cramps, a Building was rendred a great deal Itronger and more durable. The cramps, we now moll commonly ufe, are made oi Iron, but the Antients made them oftner of Copper, be- caufe that Metal, being not fubjeet to ruft, it lads longer. T ! Letters for Inlcriptions, which they plac’d in the Entaiiatta- o r their Buildings, were alfo made of that Metal, of which f v Authors affirm, that the hundred famous Gates of Babylon alfo made. as likewife the two Pillars of Hercules eight C::birs high, in the Ille of Gades. The Copper is edeem’d the bed, which being drawn from the Mine, and purg’d by the Fire, is red with a yellow call, and full of Pores; for ’tis a fign of its cleannefs, without any drofs. Copper may be heated like Iron, and made liquid, fo that it may be call: but if the Fire is too hot, it will not endure it, but totally confume away. This Metal, altho very hard, is yet very pliable, and dilates it felf in¬ to very thin Leaves. ’Tis bed preferv’d when dipt in Tarr ; for tho it does not rud like Iron, yet it has a kind of rud peculiar to it fell called Ver-dc-greafe, efpeciaUy if it touches any fharp moi- dure. Of this Metal mixed with Tin, Lead, and Latten (which lad is another fort of Copper colour’d with Lapis Calaminaris ) is made a Metal call d Brafs, which oftentimes Architects do ufe in Safes and Capttels of Pillars, Statues, Vafes, and fuch like Or¬ naments. There are at Rome four Columns of Brafs in the Church of St, Giovani de Laterano, one only of which has its CapL tel. Augufius had them cad out of the Brafs taken from the Prows of thofe Men of War, that he took from Marcus Antonins in Epi- rus. There [ 8 1 There remain alfo in Rome, to this day, four antient Gates, itizj. that of the Rotunda, formerly the Pantheon: that of St. Adriano, which was the Temple of Saturn: that of St. Cofmo and IDamiano, which was the Temple of Caflor and Pollux, or rather of Remus and Romulus-, and that of St. Agnes, without the Gate Viminahs. But the fineft of all thele, is that of St. Maria Rotunda, wherein the Antients endeavour’d to imitate by art that kind of Corinthian Metal, in which the natural colour of Gold did prevail: for we read u,.le when Corinth was deltroy’d and burnt, all the Gold, Silver, and Copper, which was in that flourifhing City, being melted and mix’d together into feveral lumps, they were io vanoufly temper’d, that it made the three forts of Metal, which afterwards were call’d Corinthian. That, in which Silver prevailed, remain’d white, where Gold, it took die yellow; and the third was that, in which all thefe three Metals were of a pretty equal quantity. Thefe three forts of Metal have been fince imitated by Workmen, in many different ways. Hitherto having difeours’d of thofe things which are to be con- fider’d and provided, before one thinks of Building, it now remains that fomething be faid of Foundations, fince the work by them muff begin- ■■v* d'P? tS>p9 ‘y’&S *5>p9 A L W? eS-V! C II A P. VII. Of the Qualities of the Ground , wherein Foundations are to be laid. we call the Foundation of a Building is properly the Bafis of it, that is to fay, that part which is under Ground, and fupports what appears above. Of all the faults there¬ fore which are committed in Building, thofe about the Foundations are the mold prejudicial to it -, becaufe they indanger the whole Fabrick, and they can’t be rectify’d without great difficulty and ex¬ pence. The Architect therefore ought to be extraordinary nice in the fetting of the Foundations, fince in fome places it is lolid e- nough from the nature of the Soil, and in other places it is neceffary to be made fo by Art. A natural Foundation is, when the Soil is rocky, or of a foft landy Stone, or Gravel; for then without digging, or other helps of art, the earth it felf is an excellent Foundation, and capable to m to bear the greateft Building both in Land and Water. But if nature affords not a Foundation, it mult be compafs’d by Art; and then the place to build upon, is either a folid Earth, or Clay, or ’tis Sand, or foft and moiit Ground, or marfhy Land. If the Earth is firm and folid, one may dig fo far as to a difereet Archi¬ tect may feem requifite for the quality of the Building, and the foundnefs of the Earth it felf If no Cellars, or other under¬ ground Offices are intended, a lixth part of the height of the Building may be a fufficient depth. One may judge of the firm- nefs of the Earth by digging of Wells, Cilterns, and fuch like. ’Tis alfo known by Herbs growing upon the place, as if fuch do ufually grow only in firm and folid Ground; or if a great weight be thrown thereon, it neither refounds nor lhakes; and from the report of a Drum, being fet on the Ground, and if lightly touch’d, it does not found again; or if Water put in a Veiled does not (hake. The neighbouring places will alfo help one ro know the firmnefs of the Earth. But if the place be fandy or gravelly, it is to be confider’d whether it be on Land or in Water; becaule if it be on Land, it will be fufficient to obferve what has been already faid concerning folid Ground: but if you are to build in Water, the Sand, or Gravel is alto¬ gether ufelefs; becaufe the Water, by its continual ftream and flood, changes its Bed. Therefore one mult dig till a folid bot¬ tom is found; but if that can’t be done, or is judg’d to be difficult, then dig fomewhat in the Sand, or Gravel, and fo drive Piles whofe ends may reach to the found and good Earth, and upon thofe Piles cover’d with Planks one may venture to build. But if there is a necellity to build upon a loofe or made Ground, then one muff dig as far as the folid and found Earth, and therein alfo in proportion to the bignefs of the Walls, and the greatnels of the Building. The folid ground fit to build upon, is of divers forts; for, as Leo Baptifia Alberti well remarks, it is in fome places fo hard as fcarce to be open’d with the proper Tools, nay fometimes as hard as Iron it felf: in other places blackifh, in fome places whitifh, which is accounted the weakeft; in fome places like Chalk, in others Sandy. Of all thefe the bell is that which is cut with more difficulty, or if being wet, it does not diffolve into dirt. No Foundation ought to be dug on the Water-fide, before one has carefully founded the bottom. If it is marihy and foft, then it E ought [ 10 ] might to be ftrengthen’d with Piles, whole length mult be an eighth part of the height of the Wall, and thick by a twelfth part of their length. The Piles mult be drove in as dole aspoffible, andramm’d with blows rather quick than heavy; fo that the Earth may the better confolidate and fallen. Not only the out-Walls are to be fupported in that manner, but alfo the inner and crofs-Walls ,• for if the Foundation for the inward-Walls differ from thole without, then laying the Girders along one by the other, and the Joylts crols upon them, it may happen that the inward Walls lhall fink, when at the fame time, the out-Walls being upon Piles, lllall not itir: both of them confequently will crack, and caufe the ruin of the whole. Therefore the Expence of the Piles being lefs to be fear’d than the falling of the Building; the Piles mult not be fpar’d, but dillributed according to the proportion of the Walls, thole in the middle being plac’d fomewhat thinner than thole without. CHAP. VIII. Of Foundations. pSiSHE Foundations ought to be twice as thick as the Walls to /: F. ' be rais’d upon them, fo that both the quality of the Earth Ei-dadi anc j t | ic greatnefs of the Building are to be regarded, making the Foundation larger in a loft and loole Ground, or where there is a great weight to be fupported. The plane of the Trench mult be level, fo that the weight may prefs equally every where; and not inclining more on one fide than the other, which occafions the cleaving of the Walls. For this reafon the Antients ufed to pave the plane with Tivertine, but we moft commonly life to lay Planks or Beams to build on. The Foundations ought to be made Hoping, that is to fay, to diminifh as they rife; but yet in l'uch a manner, that the middle of the Wall above may fill plum with the middle of the lowcft part; which muft be alfo obferv’d in the diminution of Walls above Ground, becaufe by that means the Building becomes much ftrongcr, than by making the diminution any other way. Sometimes to avoid Charges (efpecially in moorifh Grounds, where there is a necellity to ufe Piles) Foundations are arch’d like a Bridge, and the Walls are built upon thofe Arches. In great Build- [»] Buildings ’tis very proper to make vents through the body of the Walls from the Foundations to the Roof, becaufe they let forth the Winds and other Vapours, which are very prejudicial to Buildings; they leffen the Charges, and are of no lfnall conveniency, efpeci- ally when there is occalion for winding-flairs from the bottom to the top. CHAP, IX Of the feveral forts of Walls. work : HE Foundations being laid, it remains that we treat of the Elevation of the Walls above ground. The Antients had fix forts of Walls, one of which call’d Reticulata, or Net- mother of Quadrels , or Bricks: the third of Cement, which is - - - 1 a mixture of Flints, or Pebbles and Earth roughly laid with, or with out Morter: the fourth made of various Stones, and call’d Rufitck: the fifth of lquai d Stones. the iixth called Rimpiuta, or Coffer-work. Th eNet, or Chequer-work is no more in ufe at this time ; but becaufe ' Vitruvius relates that it was common in his time, I would not omit to give here thedefign of it. The Corners of the Building, or Wall, were made of Bricks ; and between every two Foot and a half, three courles of Bricks were laid as a band to the whole work. A. Corners of Bricks. B. Courfis of Bricks •which bind the ■whole Wall. C. The Net or Che¬ quer- work. D. Courfes of Bricksy through the thick - nefs of the Wall. E. The in¬ ward part of the Wall made of Cement. [ 12 3 Brick-walls, both thofe which inclofe a City, and thofe defigned for a great Edifice, mull be fac’d on both fides with Bricks, and the - ■'.'/middle fill’d up with Cement, ramm’d together with Brick-bats: and i ./.to every three Foot in height, there mud be three courfes of Bricks of the biggeft fort, through the whole breadth of the Wall; the r.7/, ..- fi r ft courfe being laid the Idler part out-fide; the fecondthc length i v fr. laid fide-way; the third as the firft; and fo forth. Of this fort are ° fa ' the Walls of the Rotunda in Rome , and the Bath of Dioclefian, and moll of all the other antient Buildings. g c™The walls of Cement muft be order’d in fuch a manner, that to Vi" every two Foot at lead, there be three courfes of Bricks difpos’d as before. The Walls of Turin in Piemont, have been made after that j manner, that is of large River-pebbles fplit in the middle, which, being laid with the fplit-fide outwards, make very imooth work and agreeable to look upon. The Walls of the Arena in Verona are likewife of Cement, and to e- very three Foot, there are three courfes of Bricks. In like manner are built many antient Edifices which lhave mention’d in my book of Antiquities. [ ] The Walls made of uncertain, or irregular Stones of different forts, Were call’d Ruftick, by reafon of the various fhapes of the Stones. In the building of thefe Walls they made ufe of a leaden Rule, which being bended according to the place where the Stone was to be laid, illew’d how it was to be form’d and fquar’d; fo that without any more ado, the Stone was fix’d in its defign’d place. Of this fort may be t img«w fcen the Walls at Prenefie, and the antient Streets were paved in this Walls of Free-ftones may be feen at Rome in that place, where were^f® formerly the PiaZjZja and the Temple of Auguftas, in which the lefler Stones were inclos’d with fome Courfes of greater ones. larger Stories. :] _ c M ,.*• [ *4 ] The Antients uled to make Walls called Reimpiuta, that is fill’d up a,- wit ^ ra 88 e d Stones, which is all'o call’d Coffer-work, taking Planks and ~r‘i $’u placing them edge-way in two rows diftant one from another, to the 6. n f.i thicknefs they intended to give the Wall; filling the fpace between the Planks thole two rows of Planks with Cement , Stones of all forts, Earth and ,aU " Mortar mingled together: and fo they went on from Courfe to Courfe. Such Walls are feen at Sirmion upon the Lake di Guarda. p. Th cm- Of this kind maybe call’d the antient Walls of Naples, which are ef s,N. made of two rows of freeStones four Foot thick, and fix Foot diftant ff-'cll'' the one from the other: thelc two rows of Stones are bound toge- %? S J,b ther wich ot l ier crolfing-rows, fo the Space, or Coffers, which were k etween ti le crolfing-rows and the out-rows of Stones, being four foot lquare, were fill’d up with Stones and Earth. Thefe, c Thefe in a word, are all the forms which the Antients gave to their Walls, the Foot-fteps whereof are yet to be feen: from whence one may eafily conclude, that Walls of what fort foever they be, ought to have feme chief courfes of a larger and harder matter than the reft, to ferve like Sinews to hold faft all the other parts together, which chiefly is to be obferv’d, when Walls are made of Bricks: to the end that, if in procefs of time the Walls fhould happen to fink, or give more on one fide than the other, the reft might not become likewife ruinous: as has happen’d in many Walls, efpecially on that fide that looks towards the North. A .ttj. . 55 . j&. 35 35 35 35 i t « « s r. v y- »• &!s> •£, A A ft ft ft ft ft ftftft ft ft sftft.ft ft ft ft ft ft ft ft t CHAP. X. Of the Method which the Antients did prattife, in ereAing their Stone Buildings. HEREAS it happens fometimes that Buildings are made, the whole, or a good part of Marble, or of fome other great Stones, I think it very proper here to explain what the Antients did on fuch occafions, bec3ule it is to be obferv’d in their works, that they were fo nice in the joining of their Stones together, that fometimes the joints are difficult to be perceiv’d: which every one ought carefully to confider, who be- fides the Beauty, defires alio the Iblidity and laftingnels of the work As far as I can underftand, they firft fquar’d and wrought thofe fides of the Stones, which were to be laid one upon the other, leaving the other fides rough, fo that the edges of the Stones being thicker, men might move them with lefs danger of break¬ ing, or bruifing them, than if they had been fquar’d, and con- fequently thinner, on all fides before. In this manner they made their Stone Buildings ruftick, or rather rough, till they had quite erected them to the very top; after which they went on working and polilhing that face of the Stone which was expos d to the fight. It is true that the Rofes which are between the Modilwns, and fuch other like Ornaments of the Cornice, which could not conveniently be work’d after the fixing or the Stones, were made before while they lay on the Earth. This may be eafily obferv’d in feveral antient Edifices, where many Stones remain rough and unpolilll’d, juft as they were laid. The Arch [ 16 ] Arch near the old Caftle in Verona, and all the other Arches and Buildings there, were done in the fame manner; as it appears by the very marks of the Tools, which fhew how the Stones were wrought. The Trajan and Antonin Columns at Rome were alfo wrought in that manner; otherwife they could never have lb exactly join d thc^ Stones, as to meet fo cloiely crols the Heads and other pairs ot the Figures. The fame I fay of other Arches that are to be leen. When they went about fome great piece of Building, as the Arena in Verona, the Amphitheatre of Pola, and the like, to lave the exceffive charge and length ol time, which the finiihing ot iuch Works would have requir’d, they wrought only the Impofis ot the Arches, the Capitels, and Cornices ; and left the reft rujiick, having only regard to the beauty of the whole Fabrick. Butin their Tem¬ ples, or rather fumptuous Buildings, which requir d more Curiofity, they fpar’d no pains nor coft in the working them; polifhing and glazing even to the very Channelling or Flutes of the Co¬ lumns, with great exadtnefs. Therefore in my judgment, Brick- walls ought not to be rujlicated , much lefs the Mantles of Chim¬ neys, which require the molt curious Workmanlllip i for bclides the mifapplying of that fort of work, it would look as if one had a mind to make a thing, which naturally ought to be en¬ tire, appear to be divided and made of feveral pieces. But in¬ deed, according to the greatnefs and quality of the Building, it may be made either rujiick, or after a more elegant manner: lor w'hat the Antients did with Reafon, when they were neccffitated by the greatnefs of their Edifices; we ought not to imitate, when fmaller Buildings require neatnefs. •y-ix w ytr zdT tvt wr ‘vy-f ijXb: CHAP. XL Of the Diminution of the II alls, and the parts of the fame. jJTJ 3 T is to be obferv’d, in the erecting of the Walls, that they fjj a ought to diminiih proportionably, as they are rais’d and grow -■tfiSb ia higher. That part therefore which appears above Ground, is to be one half thinner than the Foundations; and the fecond Stoiy half a Brick thinner than the firft Story, and lo fuccelEvely to the top; but ftill with fuch diferetion, that the upper-moft part of all be not too weak. The middle of the upmoli Wall ought to be [ 17 ] be perpendicular with the middle of the nethermoft, fo that the whole Wall becomes of a pyramidal form. But if there is a neceffity to make one of the two fuperfices of the Walls plum, it mufi be in¬ wardly ; becaufe the Floors, the Vaults, the crol's-Walls, and other fupporters of the Building, will keep the out-Walls from falling, or giving way. The dilcharg’d parts of the outfide may be cover’d with a Fafcia, or Cornice, incompaffing the whole Building, which will be botli an Ornament and a Binding to the whole Fa- brick. The Angles, being common to two Faces, in order to keep them upright and hilt together, mull be made very itrong, and held with long and hard Stones as it were with Arms: wherefore the Windows, and other like openings, ought to be made far from the Angles ; or at leal! lb much fpace mull be left between them and the Ibid openings, as is the breadth of any of the open¬ ings. Having fpoken hitherto of mere Walls, ’tis now time we fhould pals to their Ornaments, the grcatefl of all which are the Columns, when they are fitly plac’d, and in their due proportion with the whole Fabrick. - ..'.'.-.'a C II A P. XII. Of the five Orders ufied by the Antients. E “"'yb|HE antient Architects have made ufe of five different r wj Orders call’d by them, the Tufcan, Borick, Iomck, Conn- tlnan, and Compofite Orders. Thefe, in a Building ought to be difpos’d in fuch a manner, that the ftrongefl be always let lower- molt, as being more capable of bearing the weight, and alio to give the Building a more fure Foundation: wherefore the Borick mull always bear the Iomck, the Ionick the Corinthian, and the Corin¬ thian the Compofite. TheTufcanis fo rude and material, that it is fcl- dom uled above ground, unlefs it be for a Rufiick Edifice of one Or¬ der only; or in lome vail Building, as Amphitheaters and fuch like, which having many Orders one upon the others this inftead of the Borick, is plac’d under the Iomck. But if an Architect has a mind to leave out one of them, and place (for Example) the Co¬ rinthian immediately over the Borick, it may be done; provided always, according to the rule aforefaid, that the more folid be G the [ i8 ] the loweft. 1 111 all let down the meafures and proportions of each of thele Orders, not fo much according to Vitruvius, as to my own Obfervations on the antient Buildings: but firft it ieems ne- ceffary to explain thole things which belong to all the Orders in general. CHAP. XIII. Of the f veiling and diminution of Columns, of inter- Columns and Pilajlers, which divide and fupport the. Arches. HE Columns of every Order agree in this, that the upper part is to be lelTer than the lower, with a little fwclling about the middle. In the diminifhing of them it mult be obferv’d, that by how much longer they are, by fo much the lei's they mult diminifh, becaufe the height has already the effecSt of diminifhing them by the diftance. Therefore if the Column is i q Foot high, the Diameter of it, towards its bags, mult be di¬ vided into 6 half parts, to give 5- halts of them to the diameter next to the Capitel. If the Column be from 15 to 20, the laid diameter below fhall be divided into 7 parts, 6 halts of which mult be the diameter above So likewtl'e in thole from 20 to 30 the lower diameter ought to be divided into 8 parts, and 7 of them fhall be the upper diameter: and fo proportionablyfor the highett, as Vitruvius teaches in his 2d Chapter of his 3d Book. But as to the method of making the fwelhng part of the Column, we have no more from that Author, but a bare promile, and therefore ma¬ ny have written as they thought belt upon that Subject. For my part, I am wont to make the profil of tire laid fuelling in this man¬ ner. 1 divide the /haft of the Column into three equal parts, draw¬ ing the lower third part perpendicular, at the extremity of which I lay a thin bending Rule, as long as the Column, or a little more; and bending that part of the Rule, till the end touches at the point of the diminution under the Collarino, or Aftragal, I follow the bent of the Rule, and fo the Column becomes fomewhat fwellcd in the middle, and diminifhes towards the top very handfomly. And altho 1 could not contrive a fhorter, or eafier way, or which * Platt \ III. has C 19 ] has a better fuccefs in practice; yet I was the more confirm’d in this method, fince after having told Peter Cattaneo of it, he was fo much pleas’d with it, that he has mention’d it in his fine Treatife of Architecture, with which he has not a little illuftrated our Pro- feilion. A B. 1 The third part of the Column which is perpendicular. B C. The two thirds which are gradually diminifhing. C. The point under r^Collarino or Aftragal, where the Diminu¬ tion ends. The Inter-columns, that is to fay, the fpaces between the Columns, may be made of a diameter and a half of the Column (the dia¬ meter being always taken at the lower part of the Column) or of two diameters, ot two and a quarter, fometimes of three, andfome- times of more. The Antients notwithftanding never gave more than three diameters, except in the Tufcan order; in which, the Architrave being made of Timber, they kept the Inter-column’s very large: but on the other hand, they never made them lei's than a diameter and a half; they allow’d this fpace, eipecially when the Columns were to be extremely high. But amongit fuch variety of Inter-columns, that of two diameters and a quarter was look’d upon as the moil noble and molt beautiful of all. Tis ot abfolute neceility, to keep a certain proportion be¬ tween the Columns and the Inter-columns: for leaving too much vacancy between linall Columns, they will lole a great deal of their Beauty, becaufe too great a quantity of Air between them, diminifhes confiderably their thicknefs: and on the contrary, in leaving too lit¬ tle fpace between great Columns, the ftreightnefs of the vacancy will make them appear too thick, and without any grace. Therefore if the fpaces exceed three diameters, the Columns ought to have in thick¬ nefs the leventh part of their height, as I {hall obferve hereafter in the Tufcan Order. But if the fpaces are to be of three diameters, the length of the Columns mud be 7 and a half or 8, as in the Dorick Oidei . it 2 and a quarter, the length of the Column mulf be 9, as in the Ionick: it 2 only, the Column mull be 9 and a half, as in the Corinthian: laftly, if x and a half, the Column lhallhave xo dia¬ meters, as in the Compofite. Upon thefe Orders 1 have made fuch Obfervations, that they may lerve for Examples in all the Inter- Columns, which Vitruvius has mention’d in the 2d Chapter of his 3d Book aforefaid. In the front of Buildings the Columns ought to be an even number, that fo the middle Inter-column being left bigger than the red, [ 2 ° ] reft, the Doors andEntrys, which are ufually fdacd in the middle, m i) he the better teen ; and thus much for fingle Pillars; Or Collonades. f> ut if Galleries -are to he made with Arches and Peers, the Arches mull be difpos’d. in fuch a manner, that the Pilaftcrs , or Peers be¬ tween the Arches, be no lels than a third part of the vacancy be¬ tween two Pilaftcrs: and thole at the corner mull be two thirds ol the laid vacancy, that die Angles of the Building may be lo much the firmer and ftronger. And when they are to l'upport an extraordi¬ nary weight, as in a very large Fabrick, then they mu ft be the lrali of the vacancy, which may be feenin the Arch ol Vicenza, and in the Amphitheatre of Capua: or elfe two thirds, as thole ol the Theatre of Marcellus at Rome, and in that of Ogulnus, which now belongs to Ludovico de Gabrielli a Gentleman of that City. The Antients made them fometimes as large as the whole fpace, as in the Theatre of Verona, in that part which is not on the Hill. But in private Buildings, they are not to be made Ids than a third ol the fpace, nor larger than two thirds; and altho they ought to be l'quare, yet to lave charge, and to make more room to walk by, they may be made Ids in the Flank than in the Front: and to inrich the fame, half Columns, or Pilaftcrs, may be put in the middle, to bear the great Cornice above the Arches; which half Columns, or Pilaftcrs, mu lb be as large as their height requires, according to their fevcral Orders, as it will appear in the enfuing Chapters and Defigns. P or underftanding of thele (that I may not repeat the fame thing over and over) it muft be oblerv’d, that in dividing and meafuring the laid Orders, 1 did not think fit to make ufe of any determinate mcafure peculiar to any particular City, as a fathom, foot, [pan, or the like, knowing that meafures are as various as the Cities and Countries themfelves: but in imitation of Vitruvius, who divides the Donck Order with a mealure taken from the diameter of the Column, common to all (and by him called a Module ) my mea- fure in all the Orders ihall be the diameter of the Column ta¬ ken at the bale, and divided into 60 parts, or minutes; except in the Donck, in which the module is to be the half diameter of the Column, and is divided into 30 parts, becaufe it lo falls more commodious in the divifions of that Order. Therefore c- very one may divide the module into as many, or as few parts as may be thought molt convenient, according to the bignefs, or fmallnefs of a Building; and ufe the proportions and profits which I have here delign’d for each Order. CHAP. [ 21 ] * CHAP. XIV. Of the Tuscan Order. H E Tufcan Order, according to what Vitruvius writes of it. |iyjj|| and what it is in effecft, is the plained: and molt Ample of all the Orders of Architecture ; becaufe it retains more of the antient fimplicityof the firft Architects, who had not yet in¬ vented thofe Ornaments that render the other Orders fo pleafant and fo worthy of coniideration. This Order draws its original from Tufcanj, a Country very remarkable in Italy, where it Ml preferves its name. The Column with its Bafe and Capitel, ought to be in length feven Modules, and the top diminifh’d by a fourth part of its bignefs. If one is to make a row of Columns of this order only, the Inter-columns may be kept very large, becaufe the Architraves are commonly made of Timber; and for that realon, this order will be very convenient for a Country-building, for the going in and out of Carts, and other Country conveniencies, befides that the charge will be lefs confide- rable- A. Architrave of Timber. B. The ends of the Traves, or Jojfts which make the Corona. f But if one would make Gates, or Galleries with Arches, then the meafures, which I have mark’d in the defign, muft be ftritftly obferv’d, wherein the Stones are fo difpos’d and join’d together, as I think they ought to be, when the whole :work is to be made of Stone. The fame obfervation I have made for the four following orders; and this way of difpofing and fattening the Stones, I have taken from many antient Arches, as^ will appear in my Book of Arches, wherein I have us'd the utmoft care and diligence. The Pedeftals to be made under the Columns of this Or¬ der, muft have a module in height, and be made plain. The Bafts is to be in height the half diameter of the Column ; and this height is to be divided into two equal parts, whereof one is given to th eOrlo, or Plinth, which muft be made round, or fquare according to fame- The other is divided into four partsone for the Liflclla, or CinBure, which fometimes may be made a little lefs. In this Order only, it makes a part of the Bafis, for in all the o- thers, it is join’d with th ejhaft of the Column. The other three * Plan IX. t Plate X. * ** Plate XI. H parts [ 22 ] parts are for the Tom. The projebture of this bafts is a fixth part of a module, or of the diameter of the Column. Th c Capitel is likewife the height of half the diameter of the Column below, and is divided into two or three equal parts: one is given to the Abacus, which from its form, is commonly call’d Dado, or Dye-, the other to thcOWo, and the third is fubdivided into feven parts. Of one is made the Liftella under the Ovolo, and the other fix remain for the Collanno, or the Neck of the Column. The AJtragal is double the height of the Lijlella un¬ der the Ovolo, and its center is made upon the line which fells plum from thefaid Liftella, the projedture of which falls perpendicularly upon the Liftella, or Cintture, below the AJlragal, which is as thick as the other. The projedture of the Capitel anfwers to the body of the column below. Its Architrave is made of wood, lquare every way, and its breadth is not to exceed the body of the column at the top. The Traves, or ftoyfts, which bear the Eaves, project a fourth part of the length of the Column. Thefe are the meafures of the Tufcan Order, as taught by Vitruvius. A. Abacus. B. Ovolo, or Echinus. C Collarwo, or Frife of the Capitel. D. Aftragal. E. The Body of the Column above. F. The Body of the Column below. G. Liftella, or Cincture, or Annulet. H. Torus, or Tore. I. Orlo, or Plinth. K. Pedeftal, or Stylobatum. The Proftls mark’d L. are the impofts of the Arches. * But if the Architrave is to be made of Stone, what was feid before of the Inter-columns muft be obferv'd. There arc to be feen fomc antient Buildings which may be laid to have been built according to this Order, becaufe they retain in part the fame meafures, as in the Arena of Verona, and the Arena and 1 hea- tre of Pola and many others, of which I have drawn the Proftls of the Bafts, Capitels, Architraves, Frifes, and Cornices, which are m the laft Plate of this Chapter, as thole of the Impofts of the Vaults and Arches; of all which I ihall put the defigns into my Book of Anti¬ quities. A. Cimafium, or Cima recta. B. Corona. * Piute XII. C. Cl- C 2 3 ] C. Cima re flea, D. Cavetto. E. FriZje. F. Architrave. G. Cimafium. H. Abacus. p of the Capitel. I. Cima retda J K. Collarino, or Hypotrachilum, or Frtz.e of the Capitel, L. Ajiragal. M. Body of the Column, towards the Capitel. N. Body of the Column, towards the Bafis. O. Annulet, Liftella, or Cincture. P. Torus, or Tore, in the form of a Cima reverfa? . , _ . Qt Orlo, or Plinth. J ^ of the Bafis. On the right hand of the profil’d Architrave, mark’d F, I have gi¬ ven the Profil of another more curioufly done. At, tit. etc, fit, lit. Ill, lit. An A, ft, At, C fe SC SC SC SC SC SC a IS toiss i2fcs *5>7cj && t5fi?9 (S& & : SC & SC i3 {£*2} tSJ CHAP. XV Of the Do rick Order. S H E Dorick * Order was invented by the Dorians, and nam’d from them; being a Grecian People, which dwelt in Afia. If thefe Columns are made alone without Pilaftcrs, they ought to be feven and a half, or eight diameters high. The Inter- columns are to be a little lefs than three diameters of the Columns: and this manner of fpacing the Columns, is (by Vitruvius ) call’d Diafylos. f But if they are join’d to Pilalters, they mull be, together with the Bafis and Capitel, feventeen modules' and one third high; that is, eight diameters and 3 y parts: for it mull be obferv’d, that as I have faid before in the 13 th Chapter) tire module, in this Order, is the half of the diameter of the column, divided into thirty parts; tho in all the other Orders, it is the whole diameter divided into 60 parts, ** Among the Antients there was no Fedeftl to this Order, tho the modern Architects have adapted one to it. Therefore if one has a mind to join a Pedeftal, the Dado, or Dye of it, mult be a perfect fquare, and from its meafure thofe of its Ornaments ft all * Platt XIII. f Man XIV. ** Plate XV. Cm3 {hall be taken: in order to this, the Dye is to be divided into three equal parts; the bafis, with its focket or plinth, fhall take two of them, and the Cimafium one; to which the Orlo, or plinth of the bafis of the Column mull: be join’d. This kind of Pedeftal may be feen in the Corinthian Order, as at Verona in the Arch call’d the Arch de Lioni. I have fet down here feveral manners of profits, which may be fitted to the Pedeftals of this Order, which are all very agreeable, taken from antient pieces, and very carefully meafur’d. This Order has no proper bafis: wherefore in many Buildings, its Columns are with¬ out a bafis, as in the Theatre of Marcellus in Rome, in the Temple de la Pieta near the faidTheatre: in the Theatre of Vicenza, and in divers other places. But fometimes the Attick bafis is join’d to it, which is a great ornament to the Order, the proportion whereof is as follows. The height is the half diameter of the Column, and is divided into three equal parts: one is for the Zocco or plinth: The o- ther two are fubdivided into four parts, of one is made the Torus fiuperior: the three remaining are again fubdivided into two, one for the Torus inferior, and the other for the Scotia, or Cavetto, with its Annulets, or Lifitellas ; which have alfo their peculiar meafures: for in dividing the whole into fix parts, the two Annulets, or Lifiellas take each of them one, and the four remaining are for the Scotia. The whole projedture of the bafis mult be the fixth part of the diameter of the Column ; the CinUure is as broad as half of the Torus fiuperior: if it be divided from the bafis, its projeBure mult be the third part of the whole projechtre of the bafis. But if the bafis and a part of the Column mult be of a piece, the CinBure mult be fmaller; as it may be feen in the third defign of this Order, where I have alfo drawn two manners of Impofis for Arches. A. The Body of the Column. B. Annulet, or CinBure, or Liftella. C. 'Upper Torus. D. Caajetto, or Scotia with its Annulets, or Lifiellas. E. The lower Torus. F. Zocco, or Plinth. G. Cimafium. T H Dado, or Dye, or Square > of the Pedeflal. I. Bafis. j K. Impofis of Arches. * The Capitel likewife ought to have in height the half diame¬ ter of the Column, which being divided into three principal * Plate XVI. parts. C 2 5’ ] parts, the firft above is fubdivided into five, three are For the A- bacus, and the other two for the Cimafium ; which being again fub¬ divided into three, the Liftella takes one, and the Cima reSa the o- ther two. The fecond principal part is divided into three, one of which is given to the three Annulets, or Liftellasi that are equal ,- the other two are for the Ovolo, whole projeAure is two thirds of its height. ^ The third and lad principal part, is for the Friz,e of the Capitel , call d Collarino, or Gorgerin, or Collar. The whole projec- ture of the Capitel is the fifth part of the diameter of the Column. The Aftragal is of the lame height with the three Filets, or Annulets-, and is equal in its projetture with the lowed part of the Column. The Annulet is only half the height of the Aftragal, and its projetture is plum with the Center of it. The Architrave is plac’d upon the Capitel, and is to be in height a module, or half the diameter of the Column. ’Tis divided into leven parts, one of which makes the Tenia, whofe projetture is e- qual to its height. The whole is again divided into 6 parts, one whereof is given to the Gutu, and the Lift el, under the Tenia. The Gutu are fix in number, and the height of the Liftel is a third of the faid Guttx. The whole, from the Tenia downwards, is again divided into leven parts, of which the fird fafcia takes three, and the fecond four. The Friz,e is in height a module and a half The breadth of the Trigliph is one module: and its Capitel takes up the fixth part of a module. The Trigliph is divided into fix parts, two whereof are given to the two Chanels in the middle, and one to the two half Chanels at the extremities: the other three make the fpaces be¬ tween the faid Chanels. The Metopa, that is to lay, the lpace be¬ tween two Trigliphs, ought to be perfe&ly fquare. The height of the Cornice is a module and a fixth, and is divided into five parts and a half: of which two are for the Cavetto, with its Liftel, and the Ovolo. The Cavetto is lels than the Ovolo, by as much as its Liftel. The other three and a half are allow’d for the Corona, or Cornice, and to the two Cimas, the reverfaan&tfizretta. The Corona ought to projedt two thirds of a module, and to have on its plain underneath fix Gutta in length, and three in breadth with their Li- Jlels over the Trigliphs, and lome Rofes, or other Ornaments, over the Adetopa. The Gutu are round, and in thefhape of little Bells: thofe under the Corona mull anfwer to thofe under the Tenia. The Cimafium ought to be an eighth part larger than the Corona, and is divided into eight parts, two whereof are given to the Lftel, and J the [ i6 J the other fix to the Cimaife, whofe projeBttre is fieven parts and a half So that, at this rate, the Architrave, the Fri&e and Cornice , rile to the height of the fourth part of the Column: and thefie are the proportions ol the Cornice according to Vitruvius, from whom lhave a little receded, by altering fome Members of it, and making the whole fomewhat larger. A. Cirna reBa. B. Cima reverfa. C. Corona. D. Ovolo. E. Cavetto. F. The Capitel of the Trigliph. G. Triglijih. Id. Adctojia. T. Tenia. K. Gut in. L. FirJl.Fafcia. M. Second Fafcia. N. Cimafium. O. Abacus. P. Ovolo. Or Annulets, or Ltjlellas. R. Collar, or Fnfe of the Caft el. S. AJlragal. T. Liftella, or Cinchtrc. V. Body of the Column. X. The Plan of the Capitel, and the Alodtile divided into thirty Ah- nutes, or Parts. Y. Soffta, or the underneath of the Corona. HHHHiaHiPHH CHAP. XVI, Of the Ionick Order. H E * Ionick Order had its Original in Ionia, a Province of Afia-, and we read that the famous Temple of Diana. at EpLc- fus was built of that Order. The Column with its Cafitel and Bafe, is nine modules high: and by a module is underftood, as we have laid before, the diameter of the Column below. The Archi¬ trave, Friz,e, os Cornice, have the fifth part of the height of the Co¬ lumn. When the Columns are fingle, the Inter-columns are of two diameters and a fourth part, and this is the moft beautiful and commo¬ dious manner ot ^Inter-columns, which Vitruvius calls Lujlylos. | In the Arches, the flafters are in breadth a third part of the fpace between two of them ; and the Arch ought to be in height the double of the faid fpace. ** It there is to be given a pedefal to the Column ol the Ionick Order, as in anydefign of Arches, it mull be made as high, as halt rtM- xvii. t Plate XVIII. Platt XIX. the [ 27 ] the breadth of the opening of the Arch: and having divided it into 7 parts and a half two of them (hall make the Bafe and one the Cima- fi um >' r) ae other four and a half remaining fhall be for the Dado, or Square of the Pedefial. The Bafe of this Order is half a module height, and is divided in¬ to three parts: one is for the Orlo, or Plinth ; whole projedurc is the fourth part of its height, and confequently the eighth part of a module: the two other parts of the Bafe are fubdivided into feven ; of three is made the Torus-, the other four are divided again in¬ to two parts, one given to the Scotia, or Cavetto above, and the other to that below, which ought to have more projedure than the other. 1 lie Afiragal mull have the eighth part of the Scotia. The Cincture of the Column, is the third part of the Torus of the Bafe ■ but if the bafe be made apart of the Column, the laid Cmaure may¬ be made lmaller, as I have already obferv’d in the Dorick Order and the Cindure has half of the projedure already mention’d Thele are the meafures of the Iomekdsafe, according to Vitruvius. but becaule the Atttck bafe is put to this Order in many antient Buildings, and that it feems to me more agreeable upon a Pedefial, I have diawn the Atttck bafe with a fmall Afiragal under the Cindure , not omitting, at the fame time, to give the Defign as Vitruvius teaches us. The Defigns mark’d L. are two different profils to make the Im- pofts of Arches ; and upon each of them the meafures are fet down by numbers which fignify the minutes, or parts of a module, as I have done in all other Defigns. Thefe Impofts are in height half as much again, as the thickncfs of the pilafier, which fupports the Arch. A. Part of the Body of the Column. B. Afiragal with its Lifiella, or Cindure, which are Members of the Column. C. The upper Torus. D. Cavetto, or Scotia. E. The lowcrTorus. F. The Plinth fafined to the Cimafium of the pedeftal. G- Cimafium in two forms a H. Dado, oi Dye, or Square of the pedeftal. I. Bafe in two forms , ^ K. Orlo, or Plinth of the bafe. L. Impofts of the Arches. In L >8 3 * In order to make the Capitel, the foot of the Column mull be divided into 18 parts, and 19 of fuch parts will be the length and breadth of the Abacus, the half of which is given to the height of the apitel with its Valutas, whereby it comes to be 9 parts and a half high. One and a half is for the Abacus with its Cimafium ; the other eight -...lain to th c Voluta, which is made in the following manner. From the extremity of the Cimafium , one of the nineteen parts being taken within, from the point where that nineteenth part ends, aline is let fall plum, which divides the Voluta by the middle, and is call'd the Catheta. Where the point falls upon this line, which feparates the four parts and a half above, with the three and a half below, there is made the Center of the Eye of the Voluta, whofe diameter is one of the eight parts ol its height; and from the faid point a line is drawn, which interfe-Bing at right Angles the Catheta, divides the Voluta into four parts- Next in the Eye of this Voluta a fquare is form’d, the bignefs whereof is the half diameter of the faid Eye: and two diagonal lines being drawn in it, upon them are mark’d thirteen points (computing tire Center of the Eye ) which are as many Centers whereon the fix’d foot of the Compals is to Hand to make the Voluta ; and as to the order which muft be obferv’d in them, it appears by the numbers mark'd in the Defign. The Aftragal of the Column is right againft the Eye of the Voluta The Volutas are as thick in the middle, as is the projeBttrc of the Ovolo, which reaches beyond the Abacus, fo much as does the Eye of the Voluta. The hollow, or Channel of the f oluta, is even with the body of the Column. The Aftragal of the Column turns about under the Voluta, and is always vifible, as it appears by the Elan : for ’tis natural that fo (lender a thing as the Voluta is feign’d to be, fhould give way to another ftronger, as the Aftragal is, from which it is always equally diftant. In the Angles of Collonades, or rows of Columns, and Porticos of the Ionick Order, Capitels are made with their Volutas, not on¬ ly in the front, hut alfo on that part which, making the Capitel as ufual, would have been the Flank ; whereupon they come to have the front on two fides, and are call’d Angular-Capitels. How they are to be made I fhall teach in my Book of Temples, t. e. the 4th Book. A. Abacus. B Channel, or hollow of the Voluta. C. Onjolo. Plate XX. D. Aftra- [ ip ] D. Aflragal under the Echinus or Ovolo. E. Cincture, or Annulet, or Lifiella. F. Part of the Body of the Column. G. A Line call'd Catheta. The Plate XXI. reprefents the Ionick Bafe according to Vitruvius, together with the Eye of the Valuta upon a large Scale, marked S. Members of the Bafe according to Vitruvius. K. Part of the Body of the Column. L. Cmtture, or Annulet. M. Torus. N. Firfi Scotia. O. Aflragal. P. Second Scotia. Q: Orlo, OX Plinth- R. Projefture of the Bafe. * The Architrave, Fritze and Cornice have, as I faid before, the fifth part of the height of the Column; and the whole is divided into 12 parts. The Architrave has four, the Friz-e three, and the Cornice five. The Architrave is fubdivided into five parts ; of one is made its Cimafium, and the reft is fubdivided again into twelve : for the firft Fafcia and its Aflragal three, to the fecond and its Aflragal four, and to the third five. The Cornice is divided into j parts ,- two are given to the Scotia, or Cavetto and Ovolo ; two to the Modilions, and the reft to the Corona and Cimafium. The whole Cornice projedts as much as its height. I have drawn the Front, the Flank, and the Plan of the Cartel-, and the Architrave, Friz,e and Cornice, with their proper Orna¬ ments. A. Cimafium, or Citna retta. B. Cima reverfa. C. Corona. D. Cimafium of the Modilions. E. JAodilions. F. Ovolo. G. Cavetto. H. Frieze. I. Cimafium of the Architrave, K. Firfi Fafcia. L. Second Fafcia. XL Third Fafcia. * Hate XXII. K Mem- Members of the Capitel. N. Abacus. O. Channel, or hollow of the Voluta. P. Ovolo, or Echinus. Aftragal of the Column. R. Part of the Body of the Column. The Plan mark’d S, repreients the Soffitc , or the underneath of the Corona between each Modilion. CHAP. XVII. Of the Corinthian Order. T Corinth, a mod famous City of Peloponnefus, now the Mo- P rea, was invented the Order from thence call’d Corinthian, and ^ which is more gentile, rich, and beautiful, than any ol thofe I have yet difeours’d upon. The Columns are like thofe of the Ionick Order; and, with the Bafe and Capitel, they are nine Modules and a half high. If they ar e fluted they mud have 24 Elutes or Channels, which are to be half as deep as they are broad. The Plans, or Spaces, between one Flute and the other, mud be a third part of the breadth of the faid Flutes. The Architrave, Friz_,e, and Cornice, are a fifth part of the height of the Columns. In the defign of a Colonnade, or Jingle Columns, the Inter-columns arc two diameters, as in the Portico of St. Maria Rotunda at Rome; and this manner of diflancmg the Co¬ lumns is, by Vitruvius, call’d Syftylos. f In that of Arches, the Pilaflers have two fifths of the breadth of the Arch, which breadth or void is in height two lquares and a half, the thicknefs of the laid Arch being comprehended. ** The Pcdeflal under the Corirtliian Column, mud have in height the fourth part of the length of the Column, and being divided into eight parts, one is given to th eCimafmm, two to the Bafe, and five to the Dye or Square. The Bafe mud be divided into three parts, two for the Zocco, or Plinth; and one to the Moulding. The common Safe of this Column is the Attick; but yet it dif¬ fers from that which is put to the Dorick Order; for in this the pro- jeBiire is the fifth part of the diameter of the Column; whereas in the Dorick it is the fixth part. It may alf'o vary in fome other * Plata XXIII. f Plate XXIV. Ph.teXXV. parts, C 3 1 ] parts, as it appears by the Defign, where I have profil'd the Impofts of the Arches, the height of which is double of the Membretto, or Halfi pilafter which bears up the Arch. A. Part of the Column. CinSture, or Aftragalof the Column. Vpper Torus. Cavetto, ox Scotia, with its Aftragals. Lower Torus. Orlo, or Plinth of the Bafie, joind to the Cimafium of the Pedefial. Cimafium "j Dado, or Dye, or Square . . , . „ , Moulding of the Bafie i°f‘ c e e 'fi a - Orlo, or Plinth of the Bafie^ The Impofi of the Arch. The height of the Corinthian Capitel takes a diameter of the Co¬ lumn below, and a fixth part more, which is allow’d to the Abacus. The reft is divided into three equal parts. One is for the lowermoft row of Leaves, the other for the middle row; but the third is fubdi- vided into two, and of that part next to the Abacus are made the B. C. D. £. F. G H. I. K. L Cauliculi, or Stalks, with their Leaves, which feem to be fupported by them; and therefore the Stalk from whence they grow, muft be made thick, but they in their foldings muftdiminifh by degrees; following in that Example of the Plants, which are thicker at the bottom than at the extremities of their Branches. The Bell which is the inward bo¬ dy of the Capitel under the Leaves, ought to be plum with the bottom of the Flutes of the Column. To give the Abacus a convenient projec- ture, a perfect fquaremuft be made, each fide whereof is to be a mo¬ dule and a half, and the diagonal lines being drawn from one angle of it to another, the point of their interfeeftion in the middle, is the center of the laid fquare ; on which the fix’d foot of the Compafs being plac’d, towards each Angle of the fquare a mo¬ dule muft be mark’d, where lines muft be drawn interfeefting at right Angles with the faid diagonal Lines, that they may touch the fides of the Square. Thefe are the bounds of the projeBure of the Abacus, the length of the faid Lines, giving the breadth of its Horns. The Curvilineal-fide, or diminution of the Abacus is made, by drawing a circular line from one horn to the other, which will be the Bafie of an equilateral triangle. Then a llrait line is drawn from the extremities of the faid horns to the extre- * Plate XXVI. mines [ ] ini ties of the Aftraga! of the Column, which Line the Tongues of the Leaves mull feem to touch, or rather pafs a little outwards, and fo they have a full projefiure. The Rofe is to be as broad as the fourth part of the diameter of the Column at the foot. The Architrave, Friz,e and Cornice (as I have faid before) are to be a fifth part of the height of the Column, and the whole is to be divided into 12 parts, as in the Ionick Column: with this difference however, that the Cornice o{ the Corinthian is divided into eight parts and a half, one of which is given to the Cima reverfa, and another to the Dcnticuli, the third to the Ovolo, the fourth and filth to the Modi lions, and the other three and a half to the Corona and Cima. The Cornice has as much projetture as it has height. The Pannels of the Rofes, between the Modilions, muft be fquare; and the Modilions as big as half the Plan of the faid Rofes. The Members of this Order have not been mark’d with Letters, as the foregoing, becaufe by them thefe may be eafily under- flood. CHAP. XVIII. Of the Composite Order. * ia il H E Compofite Order (which is all'o nam’d Roman, as being ilESl an Invention of the antient Romans) is fo call’d, becaufe ISilS! it partakes of all the aforelaid Orders ; and the molt regu¬ lar and beautiful is that which is compounded of the Ionick and Corin¬ thian. It is more (lender than the Corinthian, and may be made like it in all its parts, except in the Capitel. The Columns ought to be 10 Modules high. In the Defigns of Columns, or fingle Collonades, the Inter-columns are but of one diameter and a half: and in this manner is call’d by Vitruvius, Picnofiflos. \ In thole of Arches, the pilafters are to be half of the breadth, or void of the Arch, which is to be under the ICejflone two fejuares and a half high; that is to fay, two diameters and a half ol the Arch. ** And becaufe (as I have faid) this Order is more (lender than the Corinthian, its Pedefial mull be the third part ol the height of the Column; which being divided into eight parts and a half, of one part is made the Cimafium of the faid Bafe, five and a * Pitts XXVII. t Plate XXVIII. * Plate XXIX. half C 33 ] half for the Dado ; the two others for the Bafe, which being fubdr vided into three, two will make the Zocco, or Plinth ; and the third for the Torus and Cima. The Bafe of the Column may be made Attick', as in the Corinthian ; and it may be alfo compounded of the Attick and the lonick, as appears by the Defign. The Impofts of the Arches are profil’d by the fide of the Pede- ftal; and its height is equal to the diameter of the Membretto, or half Pilafler. A. Impoft of the Arch. The Caprtel of the Compofite Order has the famemeafures as that of the Corinthian ; but it differs from it in the Voluta, Ovolo, and Fufarolo, or Fife, which are Members of the Iornck Capitel- The way of making it is thus. From the Abacus downward, the Capitel is divided into three parts, as in the Corinthian. The firft is given to the firft row of Leaves, the fecond and the third to the Voluta, which is made in the fame manner, and with the fame points as that of the lonick. It takes up fo much of the Abacus, that it feemstogo out of theO'tWo, at the foot of the Flower which is put in the middle of the circular fide of the Abacus ; and it is as thick in the front, as the breadth of the Horns thereof, and a little more. The Ovolo is as big as three parts of five of the Abacus, and its lower part, that is its Fife, ought to be parallel with the Eye of the Voluta. It has in its frojeflure \ of its height, and is with its projetture, perpendicular to the hollow of the Abacus, or a little more outwards. The Fufe is a third part of the height of the Ovolo, and has in its projedurc fomething more than the half of its thicknefs. It turns about the Capitel under the Vo- luta, and is always feen. The Liftel, which is under the Fufe, and makes the edges of the Bell of tire Capitel, is tire half of the Fife. The body of the Bell ought to be plum with the bottom of the Flutes of the Column. I have feen one of this fort at Rome, from which I have drawn all tlrefe meafures, bccaule it appear’d to me very beautiful and well contriv’d. There are Capnds to be feen made after another manner, and which may be calld Compofite; of which I propofeto fpeak, andtoinfert the Defigns of them in my Book of Antiquities. The Architrave, Fn&e, and Cornice, have the fifth part of the height of the Column; and it will be very eafy to know their different divifion, or diflribution, by that which has been faid before in the other Orders, and by the Numbers 1 have plac’d in the Defigns. mi xxx. L CHAP [ 34 3 CHAP. XIX. Of PEDESTALS. pap a ITHERTO 1 have difcours’d, as much as to me Teem’d ne- g ptj p cefTary to be known, concerning fimple Walls and their Orna- ments; and in particular I have touch’d upon the Pedejials, which may be applied to every Order. But becaufe it appears that the Antients have not had this regard to make the Pedejials bigger for one Order than for another, altho this part much adds to the beauty and ornament of the work, when it is made with difere- tion and due proportion to the other parts: to the end neverthe- lefs, that the Architects may get a full knowledge of thefe, and make a right ufe of them upon occafion, they mult take notice that the Antients made them fometimes fquare, that is to fay as long as broad, as may be feen in the Arch call’d di Liom at Verona ; and thefe I have affign’d to the Dorick Order, becaufe it requires more folidity. Sometimes they took their meafure in making of them from the diameter of the void of the Arch , as in the Arch of Titus at Sancta Maria Nova at Rome, and that of Trajan over the Gate of Ancona, where the Pcdeftal is half the height of the open¬ ing of the Arch -, and of this kind of Pedeftals I have put to the lonick Order. Sometimes they took their meafure from the height of the Column, as is feen at Sufa, a City lituated at the foot of the Mountains which divide Italy from France, in an Arch ereded to the honour of Augujlus Ctfar: and in the Arch of Pola, a City ol Dalmatia, and alfo in the Amphitheatre of Rome in the lonick and Corinthian Orders: in which Buildings the Pedeftal is the fourth part of the height of the Column, as I have made it in the Corin¬ thian Order. In Verona, in the Arch call’d di Cajlelvecchio, which is very beautiful, the Pedeftal is a third of the height of die Column, as I have order’d it in the Compofite Order. All thefe forms of Pe¬ deftals are molt beautiful, and have moft elegant proportions with the other parts to which they belong. And when Vitruvius, difeourfing of Theatres, makes mention of the Poggio, one muft know, that by that word he means the Pedeftal to which he gives the third part of the Columns with which he adorns the Scenes. But of Pedeftals which exceed a third part of the Column, we have an Example at Rome in the Arch of Conflantinc, where the Pedeftals 3 S 1 Pedeftals have one of two parts and a half of the height of the Column.' And almoft in all the antient Pedeftals ’tis to be obferv’d, that the Bafes have the double of the Cimufium, as Iihall demonftrate in my Book of Arches . CHAP. XX. Of the Errors and Abufes introduc'd into Architect are. A VIN G fet down all ihofe Ornaments of Architecture which confift in the right ufe of the five Orders, and having (hewn how they ought to be made by drawing the Profits of each of their parts, according as 1 found that the Antients did practife; it feems to me not unfit here, to inform the Reader of many abufes, which ha¬ ving been formerly introduc’d by Barbarians, are obferv’d even to this day; and this I do to the end, that the Studious in this Art may avoid them m their own Works, and be able to take notice of them in thofe of others. I fay then, Can Architecture (as all the other Arts) being grounded upon Rules taken from the imitation of Nature, admits of nothing that is contrary, or foreign to that Order which Nature has prefcrib’d to all things. Wherefore we fee that the Antient Architects, who begun to alter their Timber-Buildings, and to make them with Stones, kept their Columns lefs at the top than at the foot, ta¬ king example from Trees, all which are lefs at the top than in the Trunk, and towards the Roots: likewife, becaule it is very na¬ tural that thofe things upon which any great weight is laid, fhould be prefs’d, under the Column they did put a Bafe, which by its Torus, Ca'vetto, and Afiragal, feems to reprelent a fwelling caus’d by the burden over it. So they brought in the Cornices, Tngltpbs, Adodi lions, and Dentils, to reprelent the heads of the Joy Its, which in the Ceiling .are plac’d to bear up the Roof The fame may be obferv’d in all other parts, if one is curious to examine them. And this being fo, what fhall we fay of that form of Building, which is fo contrary to what Nature has taught us, that it deviates from that Simplicity which is vifible in things by her produc’d, and departs from all that is good, or true, or agreeable in the way of Building: for which reafon, inftead of Columns, or Pilafters, which are contriv’d to bear a great weight, one ought not to place thofe Modern Ornaments call’d Car- toojhes. [ 3 6 3 toofhcs, which are certain Scroles that are but an eye-fore to the Ar- tifts, and give others only a confufed Idea of Architecture, with¬ out any pleafure or fatisfadion; nor indeed do they produce any other effect than to increafe the Expences of the Builder. For the fame reafon thefe Cartoojhes ought never to come out of the Cornice ; for it is requifite that all the Members of it ihould be made to feme end, and to ihow what it would be, if all the work had been fram’d of Timber. Bcfides that, as it is requi¬ fite to uphold a great weight with fomething folid, and fit to fupport it: fo fuch non-fenfical things, as Cartoojhes, are altoge¬ ther fupcrfluous, becaufe it is impoffible that the Joyfts, or any other Timber whatfoever, could really perform what thefe re- prelent; and fince they are feign’d to be loft and weak, I know not by what rule they can be put under any thing heavy and hard. But of all Abufes, in : my opinion the moll intolerable is, the making certain frontons of Doors, or Windows, or Galle¬ ries, divided in the middle : becaufe thefe frontons were con¬ triv’d at firft to defend thofe parts from Rain, neceffity having taught our firft Architeds to give them the form of a Roof; fo that I know nothing more contrary to natural Reafon, than to divide and open that part which the Antients did make whole, in order to defend the Inhabitants of the Houfe, and thofe that enter into the lame, from Rain, Snow, Hail, and other injuries of the Air : and altho variety and novelty ihould pleafe all, yet we are not to go againft the precepts of Art, and that which Reafon demonftrates; whence we fee that the Antients in their feveral Contrivances have never departed from the general and neceffary Rules of Art or Nature, as may be feen in my Book of Antiquities. As for the projetturc of the Cornice , and other Orna¬ ments, ’tis not a fmall abufe to make it too great; becaufe when thefe Projedures exceed their juft meafure, efpecially if the Building is in a dole place, it appears the narrower and more uncomely, as well as always frightning thofe which ftand under¬ neath, as if it would fall upon them. One ought alfo care¬ fully to avoid making the Cornice dilproportionable to the Co¬ lumns ; for ’tis certain that putting great Cornices upon little Co¬ lumns, or upon great Columns little Cornices, mull needs make a very fid Alped. Again, thofe forts of Columns, which are feign'd to be made of feveral pieces, and jointed together by the means of certain Rings, or Annulets, in the form of a Ruftick, ought alfo to be no lefs carefully avoided; becaufe how much C 37 J the more entire and ftrong the Columns appear, fo much the more they perform the defign for which they are plac’d, which is to ren¬ der the Work above more fecure and firm. Many other the like abides might be reckon’d up, as of fome Members which in the Cornices are made difproportionable to the reft, as by what I have lllewn before, and by what is now laid, may be eafily known. It remains now to come to the difpofing of the particular and princi¬ pal parts of a Building. CHAP. XXI. Of Galleries, Entries, Halls, Antichambers, Cham¬ bers, and of their feveral proportions. ALLERIES are commonly made in the fore, or back Front of a Houle; or if only one is intended, it mult be in the middle: if two, they are to be plac’d in the Wings. They ferve for many ufes, as walking, eating, and other diverfions. They are made larger or lefTer, according to the greatnefs and con- veniency of the Building; but ordinarily they ought not to have lefs than to, nor more than 20 Foot in breadth. Befides this, every well order’d Houfe ought to have in the middle, or chief part, fome place with which all the other parts of the Houfe may have an eafy Communication. Thofe places in the ground Story are vulgarly call’d Entries, Lobbies, or Pajfages ; and above they are Halls - The Y ferve in a Houfe as publick places. The Entries ferve for thofe who attend, or wait on the Mailer to fiilute him, or to do any bufinefs with him. Such places are the parts of the Houfe (befides the Galleries) that firlt prefent themfelves to thofe that are about to enter the fame. The Halls ferve for all forts of ceremo¬ nial Fealls, as Weddings, Banquets, Comedies, and fuch other Paftimes. For this reafon, therefore, thefe places ought to be made much more fpacious than others, to the end that many Perfons may commodioully be entertain’d therein, and eafily lee whats a doing. I do obferve always to allow for the length of a Hall, no more than the double of its breadth ; but the nearer they come to a Square, the more beautiful and convenient they will be. J M The [ 3 § ] The Anti-chambers and Chambers ought to be lo divided and difpos’d, that they may fall on each fide of the Entry and of the Hall, taking care that thofe on the right hand may exactly anfwer to thofe on the left; that fo not only one fide of the Building be in all things equal to the other, but that the Walls likewife may bear equally the Burden of the Roof: becaufe if the Chambers were on one fide larger than on the other, this (confideiing the clofenefs of the Walls) would bear more of the weight; and dte other, being proportionably weaker, would occafion many in- conveniencies, and in procefs of time the ruin of the whole Fa- brick. The handfomeft and moft elegant proportion for Chambers, and which have the belt effedt, may be taken feven different ways: for they may be made round (which form is very little in ufe) orfquare, or they have in length the Diagonal of their lquare, ora thud more than the fquare, or a lquare and a half, or a fquare and two thirds, or two fquares full. CHAP. XXII. Of Floors and Cielings. .«■ F T E R having fpoken of the forms of Galleries, Halls, TH Anti-Chambers, and Chambers, ’tis necelfary to fay lome- thing of Floors and flat Cielings. The fuperficies of the Floors may be made out of Mortar, as ufualin Venice , or of fquare Tyles, or of hard Stone. Thofe of Mortar or Plalter are very good, when made out of beaten Cement and fine Sand, or with River- Pebbles, or Padoua Stone-lime,- all wellmixt together. Such Floors mull be made during the Spring, or Summer, that they may dry the better. Brick, or Square Tyle-Pavements are more agreeable to the Eye, becaufe of the many forms into which they may be made, and of the colours they are capable to receive by the divers colours of the Earth they are made with. The Floors of Bed¬ chambers, or other much frequented Rooms, are feldom made of Marble, or any hard Stone, becaufe in the Winter they would be too cold; but in Galleries, or other publick Places, they will agree well enough. Care mull be taken, that all the Rooms which are of the lame Story, may have their Floor or Pavement equal, and in fuch a man- C 39 ] manner that the very Thresholds of the Doors may not be higher than the reft. And if any little Room or Clofet fhould happen to be lower than the reft, what is wanting muft be Supplied by a Me¬ zzanine, or falfe floor-Cieling. The Cielings are alfo made divers ways, for fome delight to have handfome and well wrought Joyfts; in which cafe it is neceflary to obferve, that the Joyfts be diftant one from another the thicknefs of a Joyft and a half: becaufe fuch a distribution will make the Ceiling very handfome, and between the ends of every Joyft, there will be Sufficient Wall to bear the upper Story: whereas if they Should Stand wider one from the other, it would look ill, and if clofer, ’twould be like a dividing of the upper Wall from the lower; and the Joyfts rotting at the end, or being confirm'd by Fire, die Wall above muft fall of courfe. Others will have Compartements of Stuc (which is a fort of hard Plajter) or oi Flanks, that they may inrich them with Pictures, beau¬ tifying them according to their various Humours and Fancies ; and therefore in this point there can be given no determinate Rules. CHAP. XXIII. Of the height of CHAMBERS. smj Hambeks are made cl ® either arch’d, or with a flat Cieling. If the laft way, the height from the Pavement or Floor to the Joyfts above, ought to be equal to their breadth: and the Chambers of the Second Story muft be a lixth part lefs than them in height. As to the Rooms which are arch’d (and which are commonly made So in the firft Story, not only becaufe they are more beautiful, but alfo lefs Subject to Fire) their height in a fquare Room is a third more than their breadth - but in thofe, whofe length exceeds their breadth, a height pro^ portional to the length and breadth together may be eafily found, by joining both the two Lines of the length and breadth into 1 a . [ 40 ] into one Line, which being divided by the middle, the one half will give exabtly the height of the Arch. As for Example, let B C be the place where an arc’d Room is to be made; joining the breadth A C with the length AB, and the Line EB being divided into two equal parts in the point F, ’tis plain that F B is the height requir’d. Or if the Room to be arch’d is 12 Foot long, by 6 wide, thefe two num¬ bers join’d together, give 18, the half of which is 9, and therefore the height of fuch a Room muft be 9 Foot. Another proportional height , to the length and breadth of a Room, may be found in this manner. B C being the Room to be arch’d, the length and breadth ihall be join’d upon one Line as B F ; on the mid¬ dle of which having mark’d the point C, it will be the Center of the Semi-circle B G F, and in prolonging the Line A C till it touches the Cir¬ cumference at the point G, the Line A G will be the height of the Arch BC. That fame proportion is to be found by numbers in this manner: knowing how many Foot are contain’d in the length and breadth of the Room, we muft find a num¬ ber which has the fame relation of proportion with the breadth, as the length has with it, by multiplying the lefs extreme by the greateft; becaufe the fquare Root of the produbt of that mul¬ tiplication fhall be the height demanded. As for Example, if the place to be arch’d is 9 Foot long and 4 Foot wide, the height of the Arch fhall be 6 Foot, for the proportion from 9 to 6, is the lame as from 6 to 4, *. the fefqmlatcral proportion, but it muft be obferv’d that this height is not always to be found by num¬ bers. There is another height to be found, which tho lefs, has uotwithflanding a very good proportion with the length and breadth of the Room. Having drawn the Lines A B, AC, CD, and DB, which reprefent the breadth and C 4i ] length of the Room, and the height taken according to the firfl: method, which is C E being join’d to AC; draw the Line EDF, then prolonging the Line AB till it touchesthe Line EDF, in the Point F, the Line B F filall be the height of the Arch. But to find it by numbers is thus. Having taken the length and breadth of the Room according to the firfl: method, which height is in the foregoing Example 9 Foot; put together the length, the breadth, and the height, as this Figure reprefents, then mul¬ tiply the 9 by 12, and the 6, and the produdt of 12 96 the 12 being fet under the 12, and that of the 6 108, 72, 74 under the 6 ; multiply 6 by 12, lay the produdfc 8 under the 9, which will make 72, and having got a number which being multiplied by 9, produces 72, as 8 would do in this Example, I lay that the Arch is to be 8 Foot high. Thefe different heights have fuch a relation among!! themfelves, that the firfl: is larger than the fecond, in the fame proportion with which the fecond is larger than the third. We may then make ule of each of thefe heights, according as they will allow more convcniency in contriving, that the feveral Rooms of different dimenfions may have their Arches equally high, and yet with a juft proportion. By thefe means the Rooms will have an agreeable Afpedt, and the Floor above will be upon a level, and very commodious. There are o- ther proportions for the height of Arches, which have no determi¬ nate Rules: and fo they mult be left to the Architect to make ule of them, according to his Judgment, and as he fees necelEuy. 1 I i CHAP. CHAP. XXIV. Of the divers forts of Arches. @ INHERE are fix different forms of Arches, viz. crofsd,faciated, rj|j flat, (thofeare call’d fo, which are but a Sedtion of a Circle) Slfieffl round , grinded, •andjhell-like, all which have in height the two thirds of the breadth of the Room. The two laft are but ot a mo¬ dern Invention, but the other four were us’d by the Antients. Round Arches are fit for fquare Rooms: and the way to make them, is to leave in the four Angles fome fort of Mutules, Cartoojhes, Confoles, or any other Jhouldering-peces, to bear the Arch, which in the middle happens to be flat, but more round, as it comes nearer the Angles. Such a one is at Rome in the Bath of Titus, which was almoft ruined when I faw it. I have drawn here the form of each fort of arching, appro¬ priated to the Figure of the Rooms that are fit for the fame. CHAP. XXV. Of the Me afures of Doors and Windows. I S not poflible to give any certain and determinate Rule for the height and breadth of the principal Gates, or Doors of Buildings, nor of the Doors and Windows of Rooms; becaufe, that, for to make the principal Gates, the Archi¬ tect muft accommodate them to the extent of the Edifice, the quality of the Mailer, and rhe ule that is to be made of them, by what goes in, or out of the fame. The following method feems to me to fucceed well enough: that is, to divide all the height from the Ground to the firft Ceiling above into three parts and a half (as Vitruvius mentions in his 4th Book, Chap. 6.) and to give two of thofe parts to the height of the opening, and one to its breadth, wanting a 12th of the height. The Antients were wont to make their Doors narrower above than below, as may be feen in a Temple at Tivoli ; and Vitruvius teaches the fame, perhaps for procuring a greater folidity The great Doors ought to be plac’d in fuch a manner, that there may be a free coming to them from all parts of the Houfe. Doors within the Houfe ought not to exceed three Foot in breadth, nor fix and a half in height: nor can they be lefs than five Foot high by two wide. As for the openings of the Windows, one mull confider how to place them fo that the Rooms fhould not receive too much nor too little Light; and that the Windows themfelves be not too clofe, nor at too great dillance one from another. Therefore in ordering of them the dimenfions of the Rooms are to be confider’d, becaufe it is plain that a large Room wants more Light than a little one; and if Windows are made lefs in number and lmaller than the Building requires, the Rooms will be dark: as on the contrary, if they exceed both in number and largenefs of the opening, they’ll render the Rooms unhabitable, becaufe of the Air which will bring in, according to the feafons, too much cold, or too much heat; except they are fituated to a temperate expo- fition of the Sun. For thefe Reafons, the breadth of the opening of the Window ought not to exceed the fourth part of that of the Rooms, nor to be lefs than the fifth: they mull likewife have [44] in height two Squares, and a twelfth part. And becaufe a Houfe is made of feveral Rooms, feme of a large, feme of a frnall, and feme of a middle fize; and that neverthelefs all the Windows of the fame Story are to be equal, I chufe to take the meafure of them on the di- menfion of thofe Rooms whofe length is two thirds more than the breadth, that is, as ioFootarett>3o: and I divide that breadth into 4 parts and a half, one of which ferves for the breadth of the opening of the Windows, giving to the height two of the laid parts, with a fixth of the breadth, and I keep the lame proportion of all the other Windows. Thofe of the fecond Story ought to be lower by a fixth part than thofe of the firft; and if there be fome others above them (as in a third Story) they mu ft follow the fame diminu¬ tion. One mult take great care alfo, that the Windows may be equal one with the other in their rank and order; fo that thofe on the right hand may anfwer thofe on the left, and thofe above may be plac’d right over thofe below. Likewife, the Doors mull be exactly o- ver one another, to the end that the void may be upon the void, and the folid upon the folid. Moreover they require to be upon the fame Line, that one may fee through from one end of the Houfe to the other, which is very beautiful and cool in the Slimmer, and has many conveniencies belides. For folidity’s fake certain Arches are turn’d over the Cornices of Doors and Windows, which Workmen call Flat-Arches, to prevent the Doors and Windows from being prefs’d with too much weight, which is of no little importance for the lafting of the Building. The Windows mult be diftant from the Corners of the Building as much as pollible, as I have obferv’d before; becaufe that part whofe Office is to fupport, bind, and fatten all the reft of theFabrick, ought not to be open and weaken’d. ThePilafters, Jambs, or Cheeks of Doors and Windows are not to be thicker than the fifth part of the breadth of the opening, nor lefs than the fixth. It remains to fee their Ornaments. CHAP. XXVI. Of the Ornaments of Doors and Windows. S44] O W to enrich and adorn the principal Doors in Build- n VffiSI - ^ 1 rr 1* ings, may eafily be known from what Vitruvius teaches the 6th Chapter of his 4th Book, with the help of the expla¬ nation and draughts made by the moft Reverend Bartaro upon that Subject, [ 45 ] Subjedt, together with what I have faid and defign’d already about the five Orders: wherefore leaving thef'e things, I fhall only give here fome Ornaments of the Doors and Windows of Chambers, in the manner that they may be varioufly made; and will alfo (hew the method of profiling each Member with grace, and its due Pro- jetture. The Ornaments which are given to Doors and Windows, are the Architrave, Friz,e, and Cornice. The Architrave turns about the Door, and ought to be as thick as its Jambs, or filafters: which (as I have faid) mull not be lels than the fixth part of the breadth of the opening, nor more than a fifth. The dimenfions of the } riz,e and Cornice are alfo taken from the fame opening. Of the two following inventions the firft, that is the uppermoft, is meafur’d thus. * The Architrave ( which is fuppos'd here to be the fixth part of the breadth of the opening) is divided into four equal parts, three of which are allow’d for the Friz,e: and five, like them, will make the Cornice .• The Architrave is again divided into ten parts, the firft Fafcia takes up three, the l'econd four; and the three remaining are fubdividcd into five, two of which are for the Regula, or Liftel, the three others for the Cima reverfa : its Projeclure is equal to its height; the Regula projects lefs than half of its thicknefs. The Cima reverfa is made in the following manner: a ftrait Line being drawn from the urn derneath of the Regula to the upper part of the fecond Fafcia, that line is divided into two parts, fo as each of thefe half’s is the Bafe of a Triangle Ifocel, that is of two equal fides; and on the An¬ gles oppos’d to thefe Bafes the fix’d foot of the Compafs being plac’d, and the Curve lines drawn, they’ll form the faid Cima re¬ verfa. The Friz,e, which takes up three parts of the Architrave divided into four, is made the Convex of a portion of a Circle lels than the Semicircle; its largeft diameter falling plum over the Cimafium of the Architrave. The five parts allow’d for the Cornice, arc diftributed to its Members in this manner; one is given to the Cavetto with its Liftel (which is a fifth part of the faid Cavetto) the projeclure of which Cavetto is two thirds of its height. Todefign it, onemuft form a Triangle Ifocel, the center of which is (as here) the angle C; fo that the Cavetto becomes the Bafe of the Triangle. Ano¬ ther of the faid five parts is given to the Ovolo. The pro- jedture of it is alfo the two thirds of its height, and is likewile * Plan XXXV. o form’d [ 4 6 ] form’d by the help of an Ifocel triangle, its Center being at the lint H. The other three parts of the five, arefubdivided into 17 s e-: ht for the Corona with its Liftcls , of which that above makes one of the eight parts; and that which is below, and makes the hollow of the Corona, has but a fixth part of the Ovolo The other nine are for the Cima recta and its Regain, which is a third of the faid Cima. But to make the laid Cima of an elegant form and jullnefs, the ftrait line A B is drawn, and divided into two e- qual parts at the point C; one of thefe two parts is fubdivided into feven, whereof fix being taken at the point D, one mull draw the two Triangles A E C, and C B F: then on the points E and F a foot of the Compafs being fix’d, tire portions of the Circles A C, and C B, will form the faid Cima retta. The Architrave of the fecond invention (which is the lower- moft) is likewife divided into four parts, three of which are given to the height of the Fringe, and five like them to the Cornice. The Architrave is again divided into three parts, two of which being fub¬ divided into feven, three are for the lower Fafcia, and four for the other. The third part of the Architrave is divided into nine parts, of two whereof is made the Aftragal, and the feven remaining, being fubdivided into five, three arc for the Cima reverfa, and two for the Orlo, or Regula. The height of the Cornice is divided into five parts and three quarters. One of which being fubdivided into fix parts, five are given to the Cima reverfa above the Fnz>e, and the fixth for its Lifiel-, the Projeciure of the faid Cima is equal to its height, as is that of the Lifiel. The Ovolo takes the fecond part of the height of the Cornice, and its Projetture is three quarters of its height ; the Lifiel above the Ovolo is a fixth of it, and projects juft as much. The other three parts of the height of the Cornice are fubdivided into 17, eight of which are for the Corona, whofe procedure is one third more than its height. The other nine are fubdivided into four parts; three are for the Cima recta and one for the Orlo, or Liflella. The three quarters remaining are fubdivided into five parts and a half ; of one is made the Lifiella, and the four and a half for the Cima reverfa above the Corona. The projeefture of this Cornice is equal to its thicknefs, or height. By the means of the two following Defigns, one may know the Members of rhe fe¬ cond invention. Mem- [ 47 ] Members of the Cornice of the firft invention. I. Cavetto. K. Ovolo. L. Corona. N. Cima recta. O. Orlo, or Lijlella. Members of the Architrave. P. Cima reverfa. Firft Fafcia. V. Second Fafcia. R. Orlo, or Lifiella. S- Convexity, ox [welling of the Friz^e. T. Fart of the Frist.e which enters into the Wall. * Of thefe two other inventions following, the Architrave of the firft mark’d F, is likewile divided into four equal parts, three and a quarter of which make the height of the Friz^e, and five like them is the height of the Cornice. The Architrave, being divided into eight parts, five are given to the Plain , and three to the Cimafum, which Cimafum is fubdivided into eight, three for the Cima reverfa, three for the Cavetto, and two for the Orlo or Regula. The height of the Cornice is divided into fix parts, two are for the Cima retfa with its Orlo or Regula, and one for the Cima reverfa with its Lifiella. The Cima recta is divided into nine, eight of which are for the Corona with its Lifiella. The Afiragal, or Tondtno, above the Frisce, is but a third of one of the faid fix parts; and what remains between the Corona and the Afiragal, is left for the Cavetto- In the next Invention the Architrave mark’d H, is divided in¬ to four parts: the Friz^e is as high as three and a half of them, and the Cornice as five. The Architrave being again divided into eight, the Fafcia takes five, and the three others are for the Ci¬ mafum : which Cimafum being fubdivided into feven, whereof the Afiragal takes one; the fix are again fubdivided into eight, three of which are for the Cima reverfa, three for the Cavetto, and two for the Orlo, or Regula. The whole height of the Cornice is divided into fix parts and three quarters. The Cima reverfa, Ovolo, and Oentilli take there. The Cima projects as much as its fquare, the Dentilii project as much as two of three parts of their height, and the Ovolo as three of four parts. The Cima reverfa, between the Cima reRa and the Corona, is made of the three quarters of a part of the firft divifion. The * Platt XXXVI. three [ 4 § 3 three remaining parts are fubdividcd into 17. Nine of which are for the great Cima with its Orlo, or Regula ; and eight for the Corona. This Cornice s ProjeBurc is equal to its height, or thicknel's, as the other aforefaid. r< ^?' xixHx,! , ob ^ bSx idixl ixixj vCOj axa. bdtxi SJix n ix, iASi bdix xi5j xix. xix, x£k, ixiV ixiSi, ixix fAx iAx Ac, CHAP. XXVII. Of Chimney s. 2."j H E Antients us’d to heat their Chambers in this manner- S Tfj They made their Chimneys in the middle of the Room, rCScgi with Columns, or Modilions to bear up the Architrave, upon which were the Runnels of the Chimneys made in a Piramidal form, which convey’d away the Smoak. Of that kind one may be feen at Bau near the Fiih-pond of Nero -, and another near Civita-vecchia. And when they did not care to have any Chimney, they us d to make Pipes, or Funnels, in the thicknefs of the Walls, through which attend¬ ed the heat of the fire which was kept under the Rooms, and lo was con¬ vey’d thro certain Vents, or Valves that were at the top of the laid Pipes, or Funnels. Much like this the Gentlemen of the Family ot Trenti in the Vicentin refrefh in the Summer the Chambers of their Vila at Cof- toesa. For that Building is fituated upon Flills, in which are certain great Caves call’d by the Inhabitants Covali, which in former times were Quarries. Thefe, I fuppofe, Vitruvius means in his fecond Book, wherein, fpeakingof Stones, he tells us that in the T revizsan there is a fort of Stone which is faw’d like Timber. From thefe Caves arife extream cold Winds, which thefe Gentlemen introduce into their Houle, through certain fubterranean Vaults, nam’d by them Ventiducts: and by the means of certain Pipes or Funnels, like to thole whereof I have fpoken before, they make them run through all the Chambers, opening and fhutting them at plea- fure, to take more or Id's of that cold Air, according to the Sea- Ion. And though this place would be wonderful, were it only for this lingular conveniency, neverthelefs that which renders it Hill more admirable and worthy to be feen, is ano¬ ther place call'd the Prifon of the Winds ; which is a lubterranean Room contriv’d by Sigmor Frnncifco di Trenti, nam d by him ALolia, that is, the Palace of Aiolus, in which many of thefe Wind-Pipes, or Ventidutfs, are difeharg’d: and to render it beautiful and worthy of this name, he has fpar’d neither pains, nor colts of any fort. But [ 49 ] But to return to our Chimneys, we Moderns place the Funnels of the Chimneys in the thicknefs of the Walls, and carry them quite through the Roof, and higher than the ridge, that they may the better carry the Smoak away into the Air. One mull take care that the Funnels be made neither too wide, nor too narrow: for if they be too wide, the Wind, having a great deal of room to play in, will drive back the Smoak into the Room ; and if they are too narrow, the Smoak, not having a free paffage, will alio re¬ turn backwards. Therefore the Chimney Funnels of Chambers are not to be made narrower than half a Foot, nor larger than nine Inches; and in length two Foot and a half. The mouth of the Piramide, where it meets the Funnel, mull be a little narrower, that in cafe the Smoak happens to come back, it illould put a Hop to its returning inLO the Room. Some make the Funnels crooked, think¬ ing that by the winding of them, and the force of the Fire, which naturally drives the Smoak upward, it can’t return back into the Room. The Chimney-tops, or openings by which the Smoak goes out, mull be broader, and free from any combuftible matter. The Jambs and Mantle-trees of Chimneys, on which the Funnels lie, mull be curioully wrought; for as to Ruflick-work, it does not look well, unlefs it be in a very iarge Building, for the Rcafons aforemention’d. MJUUUUUUkJUUUUUIUMUUUUUUUUUUUUkJk CHAP. XXVIII. Of Stair-cafes and their different forts-, of the num¬ ber and proportions of their Steps. |j|Spp HERE ought to be great care taken in the well-placing of Stair-cafes; for there is not little difficulty to find a place convenient enough, fo as the Stairs may not be a hin¬ drance to the reft of the Building. Therefore a particular place muft be mark’d out, that no part of the Building fhould receive any prejudice by them. There are three openings neceiTary to a Stair-cafe. The firft is the Door-way that leads to them, which the more it is in fight, the better it is; and I highly approve that it be in fuch a place, where before one comes to it, may befeen the beft part of the Houfe; for altho the Houfe fhould be little, yet at this rate it will appear much larger: therefore the laid Door muft be ob¬ vious, and eafy to be found. P The [ f° j The fecond opening is that of the Windows, through which the Light conies into the Stairs. They ought to be in the middle, and large enough that all the Stairs may be every where inlighten’d. The third opening is the landing place, by which one enters into the Rooms above, which ought to lead firffc into the larged places, fair and well adorn’d. Stair-cafes will be perfect, if they are fpacious, light and eafy to afcend: as if, in fome fort, they feem’d to invite People to mount. To make them lightfome, they mult have a perfect Light, that as I laid, difperfes it felf equally to all parts. As to their fpa- cioufncfs, ’twill be enough, if in refpedt of the bignefs and quality of the Fabrick, they do not appear too little, nor too narrow. Ne- verthelels they muff never be narrower than four Foot, to the end that if two Perfons meet, they may commodioully pafs one by the other. They will be convenient enough with regard to the whole Building, if the Arches under the Steps are made fo large as to hold fome Goods, or other neceffary things; and convenient likewifefor the Perfons that come up and down, if the Stairs are not too deep, nor the deps too high. Therefore they mud be twice as long as broad. The Steps ought not to exceed fix Inches in height; and if they be lower, they mud chiefly be fo to long and continu’d Stairs, for they will be fo much the eafier, becaufe one needs riot lift the Foot fo high: but they mud never be lower than four Inches. The breadth of the Steps ought not to be lei's than a Foot, nor more than a Foot and a half The Antients tiled to make the Steps of an odd number, to the end that beginning to afcend with the right Foot, they might end with the fame Foot, which they took to be a good Omen, and a greater mark of refpecd fo to enter into the Temple. It will be fufficient to put eleven or thirteen Steps at mod to a flight, before one comes to half-pace, thus to help weak People, and of illort breath, that they might red a little, and that if fomething happens to fall from above, it may dop there. Stairs are made either ftrait, or winding. The drait may be made either divided into two Branches, or Palfages, or quite Square, in fuch a manner that they turn on four fides. * To make them in this lad manner, all the fpace mud be divided into four parts, whereof two mud be for the Stairs, and two for the vacancy in the middle, by which the Stairs Ihould re¬ ceive Light, it it be left open. They may be made With a Wall * Plat, XLI. within, [ f 1 ] within, and then within the two parts which are allow’d for the Stairs, the Wall is included, which makes the Cafe or Newel- tho there is' no necedity to do it, for it may be done without a Wall within. Thefe two forts of Stairs were invented by Stgmor Lewis Cornaro , a Gentle¬ man ol an excellent Genius, as one may judge by the Defign of a very fin z Gallery, and a magnificent Palace which he has erected for himfelf at Padua. As for Winding Stairs, which are alfo call’d Cockle Stairs, fomeare round, fomeoval, fome with a Newel in the middle, fomeopen, efpe- cially when room is wanting; becaufe they take up a great deal lefs than the ftrait Stairs, yet not lb eafy to go up and down. ‘ Thofc which are open in the middle are very handfome, becaufe they may have light horn above; and that thole which are above, may fee thofe who are coming up, and are alio feen by them. Thofe which have a Newel in the middle are made in this manner. The diameter being divided into three parts, two are given to the Steps and the third is for the MW, as in the Defign mark’d A: orotherwife the diameter may be divided into feven parts, three of which are for the MW, and four for the Steps. Juft in this manner is th cStair- cafe of the Column of Trajan at Rome: and if the Stairs are made circular, as in the Defign B, they will be handfomer and longer than ft they were made ftrait. f But as it may happen that the f pace will not give room for thefe meafures, then the diameter may be reduc'd and divided, according as it is here reprefented, C D. ** The diameter of the Stairs open in the middle muft be divided into four parts, two of which are for the Steps, and two for the middle. Befides the aforelliid forts of Stairs, there has been another fort Of Winding Stairs, invented by Stgmor Marc-Antonio Barbara, a Gen¬ tleman of Venice, of an excellent Judgment, which is very convenient or narrow places. It has no Newel in the middle, and the Steps be¬ ing winding or circular, are much longer: its divilion is the fame as the aforefaid. See the Defign EF. i t Thofe which are Oval, are divided in the fame manner as the r ound; they are very handfome and pleafant, becaufe all the Win¬ dows and Door; are in the middle, and at the head of the Oval, and an. very commodious. I have made one open in the middle, at the Monaftry of Chanty at Venice, which is without a Newel, and has had a very good Succefs. 1 PhU XXX VII. f Platt XXXVIII. ** Plate XXXIX. ft Plate XL. A. Wind- [ s* ) A. Winding or cockle Stairs with a Newel in the middle. B- The fame with circular Steps. C. The fame with a Newel of a lefs diameter with ftrait Steps. D. The fame with circular Steps. E. Winding Stairs open in the middle. F. The fame with circular Steps. G. Oval Stairs open in the middle. H. Another Oval-St air with a Newel. I. Strait fqrnre Stairs open in the middle. K. Another with a fquare Wall in the middle. * There is another very handfome manner of Stairs, which the magnanimous King Francis, the Firft, caus’d to be made in the Caftle of Chambor near Blois in France. ’Tis built in this manner. There are four Stair-cafes, which have four entrances, one entry to each: and they go up the one over the other in fucli a manner, that being made in the middle of the Building, it may ferve for four Apartments; fo that it is not poifible to go from one into the o- ther, and yet becaufe it is open in the middle, they all fee each other going up and down, without juftling one another. This in¬ vention being new and beautiful, I have plac’d here the Defign of it, and mark’d each Stair with its particular Letters on the Plan and Section, that one may know where each of them begins and where it ends- * Plate XLII. There [ S 3 ] There were alfo to the Porticos of Pompey at Rome, leading to the Jews quarter, three Stairs of the fame kind of an admirable form; for being plac’d in the middle of the Edifice, and where they could not receive any light but from above, the Architect had fet them upon Columns, to the end that the light might diftribute it fclf to all parts alike. According to this Example, Bramante, the moft skil¬ ful Architect in his time, made one at Belvedere-, but without Steps, having the four Orders of Architecture, Dorick, Ionick, Corinthian and Compofite. To make thofe Stair-cafes, the whole fpace mult be divided into four parts, two whereof are for the void fpace in the middle, and one on each fide of the Steps and Columns. There are many other tafhions of Stair-cafes in an tient Edifices, as Triangular-, and of this fort are thofe of the Cupola of St. Maria Rotunda, which are open in the middle, and receive Light from above. * In the fame City thofe which are in the Church of Sancto Apoftolo, towards Monte Cavallo, are very fine; they were double, and many have fince taken Models thereof: they led to a Temple feated on the top of the Mountain, as will appear in my Book of Trmples ; and of this fort of Stairs, is the lall among the Defigns. CHAP. XXiX. Of R O O F S. A V IN G rais’d the Walls to their intended height, and made the Vaults, laid the Joyfts of the Floors, brought up the Stairs, and perform’d all thofe things we have fpoken of hitherto, we are now to raife the Roof, which embracing every part of the Building, and with its weight equally preiling upon the Walls, is as a band to all the Work. Befides that it defends the Inha¬ bitants from Rain, from Snow, from the burning of the Sun, and from the moiffure of. the Night; it is alfo of no fmall help to the Building, calling off from the Walls the Rain-water, which altho for a little while feems to do but little hurt, yet in pro- cefs of time caufes much damage. Vitruvius lays that the firll Men built their Houfes with flat Roofs, but finding that there¬ by they were not fufliciently defended from the Weather, ne- * Plate XLIII. Q. celfity [ S4 3 made themraife die middle, in order to give the Water its Cur¬ rent. Thefe Roofs are to be rais’d to a higher or lower pitch, accord¬ ing to the Country in which they are. Wherefore in Germany they raile their Roofs to a very high pitch and fharp, by reafon of the great quantity of Snow that falls there; covering them with Shingles, which are imall pieces of thin Wood, for fear they would beciuilld by the great weight of the Snow. But we, who dwell in a more temperate Country, ought to chufe a Roof of a handlomer form, allowing only a fufficient Current for the Water. Therefore the breadth of the Building is to be divided into nine parts, two of which will be a fufficient pitch, becaufe if it was done of a fourth, the Roof would be tooftiff; and theTyles, or Slates, would hardly remain upon it; and in making it only of a fifth, it would be lb flat, that the Tyles and the Snow muff lie too heavy upon them. Gut¬ ters are commonly made round the Houfes to convey off the Rain Water by Pipes, or Spouts: and over thefe ought to be laid at leaft a Foot and a half of Wall, becaufe they will be not only thereby the ftronger; but this will prelerve the Timber againft the Rain, and the moifture of the Weather. There are many ways of framing the Tim¬ ber of the Roofs, but when the middle Walls bear the Girders, they are eafily laid on ; and ’tis what I do much approve, becaufe the out- Walls are lefs prefs’d, and if any end of the Girder lhould happen to rot, the Roof would not be in fo much danger of falling. r The End of the Firft Book. Mo . xvmi. mHHHHHHBHGh ■-■ - - -- - -- XXII V^y^\XHxX^v-,\'A;x-A^\ r' t '^y\Ys v^Kr'a ■±2\/\^\/\SX/\ /WYJ^/X/\/X/X/X/\/x/\;^/\/x/x/\/x^/x/x/x7x7\, S2 2 2 wtirwxiwiK w mil «HRk1 JsJsqSk. - WraKw Mi THE ARCHITECTURE O F A. PALLADIO; B O O K the S E C O N D. CONTAINING I he Designs of feveral Houfes which he has Built either in Town, or in the C o un t r y. with Some other Designs of the Manner of Building amongft the Greeks and Romans. Revis’d, Defign’d, and Publish'd By GIACOMO LEON I, a Venetian; sir chit eel to His mojl Serene Highness, the Late ELECTOR PALATINE. Tranjlated from the Italian Original. Printed for the Author. * . t.i' V ■ [ 57 ] THE SECOND BOOK, CHAP. I. Of the good Grace, Suitablenefs , //// a / Proportion which ought to he obfervd in private Buildings . HAVE treated in the foregoing Book, of all thofe things which I thought moll neceflary to be obferv’d in the co lift met ion of publick and private Buildings, in order to make them beautiful, convenient, and dura¬ ble. I have alfo faid lomething about the Conveniencies of private Gentlemen’s Houfes, of which I particularly defign to fpeak in this fecond Book. And becaufe we commonly call a Houfe convenient, when it is fuitable to the quality of its Malter, and that all the parts of it not only have a proportion anfwerable to the whole, but alfo an exadt fymmetry each with one another; an Architect therefore muff chiefly obferve, what Vitruvius recommends in his firll and fixth Books, viz,. that when he builds for Perfons of Quality, and more elpecially for thofe that are in publick Employment, he mull build their Palaces with Portico’s, Galleries, and large ftately Halls richly adorn’d: that thofe who come for bufinefs, or to pay their refpedls to the Owner, may be receiv’d commodioully, and delighted and amus’d whilft they wait for him. But for thofe of a meaner Station, there muft be a medium oblerv’d, as well in the fize and form of the Building, as in the Ornaments and Expence. Judges and Counfellors Houfes mull alfo have places fit to walk in, and where their Clients may wait without being weary. Thofe of Merchants require Warehoufes, and other places expos’d to the North, wherein they may keep their Goods and other Commodities,- and thofe places mull be fo difpos’d, that the Mailers may have no occa¬ sion to fear Thieves coming at them. One muft alfo obferve R luch [ 5 § ] fuch a proportion, that every Member of the Building may agree with the whole; fo that either in great, fmall, or ordinary Buildings, one may obferve the parts, to be great, fmall, or ordinary, fuitable to their feveral Extents. For without doubt it would be a great fault, and a thing very difagreeable, if in a large Edifice all the Halls and Rooms were fmall; or if in a fmall Houle, two or three great Rooms ihould take up the whole. One mull: then (aslfaid juft now) have regard, as much as poffible, to the quality of the Gentleman who builds, more than to his wealth, and make him a Houfe fuitable to his quality: which being agreed upon, the parts of the Building mull: be fo adjufted, that they all may agree with the whole, and every one with each other, with fuch Ornaments as are fuitable to them. But it frequently fo happens, that the Architect is oblig d rather to follow the fancy of him who intends to build, than thofe Confidera- tions which bis Art andjudgment dictate to him. C H A P. II. Of the Cow partition or Diflribution of Chambers and other Places. gjjglf O make Houfes convenient for a Family, (without which they cannot be approv d of by any body) one mult take a iSSil great deal of care, not only in what concerns the chief parts of them, viz,, the Entries, Halls, Courts, great Rooms, light Stair- cafes (fpacious and eafy to go up and down) but allb that the mean- eft and' leaft beautiful of them may be fituated commodioully to ferve the other greater and more confiderable Apartments. For in the lame manner as we fee in the human Body, fome noble and beau¬ tiful Members, and others again as difagreeable and ugly, which laft are neverthelcfs very ufeful to the firft, and without which they could not fubfift; fo fome parts of a Building mull make, a fine and noble appearance, and lome others be lefs beautiful and elegant, without which the chief ones could not be diftinguilA’d, but rather lofe a part of their dignity and perfection. But as our blefted Lord has order’d our Members, fo as to make the fineft of them to be the molt expos'd to fight, and concealing them that are not leem- ingly fo: juft fo we mult contrive a Building in fuch a manner, that the fineft and molt noble parts of it be the molt expos d to publick view, and the lefs agreeable dilpos’d in by-places, and remov’d C S9 ] remov d from fight as much as poffible; becaufe thither ought to be carry d the refule of the Houfe, and whatever may produce any ,11 effed or emharraflment. For this reafon I approve that the Cellars, Wood-houfes, Pantries, Kitchen, Servant’s Halls,’Lan¬ dries, Ovens, and other Offices which are continually ufed, ihould be placed in the lower part of the Building, and which I common- y order a little under ground. This diftribution has two advan- ages. the firft is, that the Apartment above is altogether free from the laid Incumbrances; and the fecond, which is of no Ids confe- quence than the former, is, that the faid Apartment is thereby much wholefomer, its Floor being free from the moifture of the Ground, ■ Tides that its being high renders it more graceful, and contri- bu es to a better profpeeft. Care muft be taken next, that in the left of the Building there be large, middle fiz’d, and fmall Rooms • and that they be all near one another, for the better Commu¬ nication between them. Convenient Partitions muft be alfo con¬ ns d for Clofets, Libraries, Horfe-Furniture, and to put out of the way other things which one may have daily occafion for, and which would appear very unfeemly in a Bed-chamber, Dining-room, or place where Strangers are receiv’d. It is alfo convenient that the Summer-rooms be large and fpacious, and open to the North and the Winter ones finaller and open to the South and Weft- becaule that in Summer we feek the Air and Shade, and that in Winter we feek the Sun, as well as by reafon little Rooms are eafier warm d than larger ones. But the Rooms defign’d for ’ pring and Autumn fhould look towards the Eaft, and have their profpeeft towards Greens and Gardens. Studies and Clofets muft alio have the fame profpeeft, becaufe the Morning is the bell time of reforttng to Inch places. All the Rooms in general, citherlarge, middle fized, or fmall ought to be fo order’d or contriv’d, that (as I have already faid) every part of the Building may correfpond one with the other, and the whole frame fhew fuch a convenience and fymetry between all its parts, as may render ,t handfome and agreeable. But becaufe it moft commonly happens that in Cities either the 1Party-walls, the Streets, or publick Places confine and reftiain an Architecft within certain bounds, beyond which he has not the liberty to go ; therefore neceffity compels him to fuk himfelf with the place according to its Situation: and on thofe occasions, ' f I ri , am not miftakc n, one may receive fome bene- fit ,r°m the Plans and Elevations I am now going to give; which may alfo ferve as Examples for what I have already faid in my This [ 6° 3 * This Place reprefents half a Vicentinc Foot, half a French Foot, “ Au'diT foSng°£ughts have been made and meafured ac¬ cording to the Vicltme Foot, which is here divided into inches, and every Inch into » parts, as ate alfo the French and En g Ujh l °N B That the French Foot, commonly called F,e de Roy, is e- end'to tr Inches of the VkeoHoe Foot, and the En g UJh one makes only io Inches one quarter of the lame. CHAP. HI Of the Conftrutfion of Houfes in Towns, . r p rW r u ev who fhall look upon the Buildings lam SgS tltl ‘ drlnghrs of - .1* Book. and ,key w o ifel Lo.t how 8 herd k is .0 introduce a new way, parockrly ,„ t0 the art of Budding (.»which every one prefumes » b.^ 2 '“etouVioltor’aod reafonable enough to heat ? „ nro ve mv Reafons; and afterwards to give over that old “, y 3 Building, Which is without an, ; !,7 u intte d I own it as a particular favour God has done “e mo ft many others, to give me an opportunity ot put- me among J aice> which 1 had learnt by a very la- tmg feveral things in pra . ^ ^ thofe very bonous Examen . § ' A -ru,, vet j t j s very eafy to “ d T f r dl'“l” t'otS hive been. 1 lave i ud ge b y what 15 < J° 1 ’ 0wners and ^ places where the Bmld- SL « teed, to their Draughts! that they who have a mind ^ (re how thev have fucceeded in the performance, a I think it very proper to acquaint the Reader, that I have lint it is now . , , s built horn theFoun- is at t Vdena the Metropolis of Froth. It was bull dations by S.gnior Floriano Anton,m, a Gentleman ot the lame | Plait II. Town. [ 61 ] Town. The Ground-floor Wall of the fore-front is Ruftick; and the Columns of the Veftibule and Gallery backwards are lonick. The Hr ft Chambers are arch d; and the Arches of the largeft are made according to the firft method 1 fpoke of, concerning the Arches or Vaults that are in places longer than broad. The Cham¬ bers of the fecond Story are ceil’d, and are a little broader than the lower ones, becaul'e of the diminution of the Walls; the height of the Ceilings being equal to their breadth. There are other Chambers higher, that may ferve for Garrets. The Hall is fo high that it reaches to the very Roof. The Kitchen is feparated from the body of the Houle; but for all that it’s very convenient. Near the great Stairs is the Houle of Office, which tho in the body of the Houfe, does not give any ill fmell, being in a place whereon the Sun does not Ihine, and having vents made in the thicknefs of the Wall from the bottom of the Pit to the very top of the Houfe, through which the offenlive lmell is evaporated. At Vicenza, on the place vulgarly called the Iile, Count Valerio Chiericato, an honourable Knight of the fame Town, caus’d the following defign * to be executed. This Building has a great Portico or Gallery in the lower part, that takes up the whole fore-front of it. The Bafe of the firft Order is five foot above the ground, which is fo difpos’d that the Cellars may be under¬ neath it, as alfo all the other Offices intended for the conveni- ency of the Houfe,- which had not lucceeded 1b well, were they quite under ground; becaufe of the neighbourhood of the River, and that thereby the upper Stories Ihould be more airy, and have a far better profpect. The Vaults or Arches of the great Rooms are rais’d according to our firft method, or firft rate of Arches: the lefler ones are arch’d fhell-like, and are as high as thofe of the largeft fort: the Clofets are alfo arch’d, and have Mezzanino’s or half Stories above them. Every Arch is a- dorn d with compartitions of Fret-work curioully wrought by Bartolomeo Ridolji, a Sculptor of Verona, with feveral excellent pieces of Painting done by MclTer Domenico Riz,z,o, and Mefler Battifia Venetiano, men very famous in thofe Profellions. The Hall is in the middle of the Fore-front above, and occupies the middle of the Gallery beneath. Its height reaches to the Roof of the Houfe, and becaule it projects a little outwards, its Angles are fupported by double Columns. On each fide of this Hall are Galleries, the Cielings of which are adorn’d with Pictures that * rim, III. S are [ ^ ] are extremely fine, and make a glorious Alow. The firft order of the Fore-front is Dorick, and the fiecond lonick. This following de- fign * reprefents part of the Fore-front enlarg’d. The next draughts f are of Count IJfcppo de Porn's Houle, a no¬ ble Family in the time City. This Building fronts two large Streets, and therefore has two Entries or Veftibulcs with four Columns each, which bear an Arch to fecure the fuperincumbent weight. The Rooms of the firft Story are arch’d ; the height of thole on the fides of die Veftibule are after our fecond method of Arches. The Rooms of the fecond order are ceil’d, and all painted, as well as thofe of the firft: Story, and fet off with very rich Ornaments of Fret-work, made by thofe Artifts we fpoke of before; and the Endures are made by Paul Veronefe a mod famous Painter From each of thefe Entries one may go through a Paffage into a Court that is to be furrounded with a Portico; the Pillars of which are 36 ' Foot high, which is the whole height of the firft and fecond Stories. Behind thefe Columns are Pilafters that are one Foot and 9 Inches diameter, and they pro- je£l outwards fupporting the Pavement of the upper Gallery. This Court divides the whole Houle into two parts. The fore part is for the Mafter and his Women, and the back part is defign’d for the reception of Sttangers: that the one and the other may pafs to and fro with more freedom, a thing to which the Antients, and particularly the Grecians-, had a fpecial regard. And more¬ over this way of dividing a Houfe may be alfo very convenient, in cafe the Children or any of the Family illould require private Apartments. I plac’d the principal Stair-cafes under the Portico, which is juft oppolite to the midde of the Court; that thofe who go up and down may necelfarily have a profpedt of the moll; beautiful part of the Houfe, and that being in the middle, they may ferve the two feparate parts of the Fabrick. The Cellars and other Offices are under Ground. The Stables are feparate from the body of the Houfe, and have their Entries under the Stair- cafes. ** The firft of the two great draughts reprefents a part of the fore¬ front; and the fecond, that fide that fronts the Court. *f The following Houfe is at Verona, which was begun by Count Gianni Battijla della Torre, a Gentleman of the fame City, whole Death put a flop to its finilhing, tho it was very far ad¬ vanc’d. The Entries are by the fides of it, where there are pafla- ges ten Foot broad, which lead to the Courts fifty Foot long. * Plate IV. t Platt V. Platt VI emdVll. *t Plate VIII. and [ 63 ] and from thence to an open Hall, adorn’d with four Columns, whicli lerve all'o to fupport fecurely the upper Hall. This lame Hall leads to the Stair-cafe, which is of an eliptical form, and open in the mid¬ dle. The faid Courts are l'urrounded with Batfuftrades, that are level with the fecond Floor. The other private Stairs ferve for a greater^ Conveniency throughout the whole Houfe. This Compar- tition fucceeds extraordinary well in its Situation, which is long and narrow, and one oi the Wings fronting the principal Street of the City. * The following is the draught of a Building at Vicenza, belong¬ ing to Count Oclaviano de Tbiem, and was begun by Count Marc Antonio. This Houfe being fituated in the heart of the Town, near the Market-place, I thought it was very proper to leave room for Shops on that lide which fronts the Market; the Architect be- ing oblig’d to have forne regard for the advantage of thofe that are at the expence of the Building, when the extent of the Ground will conveniently allow it. Every Shop has over it a half Story for the ule of the Shop-keeper, and over thefe are the Mailer’s Apartments. This Houfe, as one may fay, Hands in anlfland, being furrounded by four Streets. The chief Entry, or Matter-gate (as we mayfpeak) has a Gallery before it, and fronts the principal Street of the Town. The great Hall is to be above it, and will project as far out as the Piazza un¬ derneath. In the two wings are two other Entries with Columns in the middle, which ferve rather to ftrengthen the upper part, and render its breadth proportionable to its height, than for bare Ornament. By thefe Entries one palles to a Court lurrounded with a Piazza, of which the firll row of Pilaltcrs are Rultick, and the fccond row of the Corn- polite order. The Rooms at the four corners arc octangular, and have a good effedt, both for their beauty, and the feveral'convenien- cies to which they may ferve. The Chambers that are nowfinifh’d have been adorn’d with very line Stuccatures made by Mefler Alef- fandro Vittona , and Meffer Bartolomeo Ridolfi, and painted by An- felmo Canera, and Bernardino India, both of Verona, and not infe¬ rior to the belt Matters in their profeffion. The Cellars and fuch like places are under Ground, becaufe the Building is fituated in the higheft part of the Town, where there is no great fear of Wa¬ ter. t The firft of the two great of the fore-front of the Houfe, Court. draughts following reprefents a part the fccond that lide which fronts the 1 Plate IX. t Plate X. and XI. The [ 6 4 3 The Counts VaLmarana, of a moft noble Family of the fame place, have alfo built according to the following dcfigns, * not only for their own honour and conveniency, but alfo for the ornament and glory of their Country. They have left nothing wanting which may be defir’d in the enriching of fuch a Building either for Stucca- ture or Painting. This Houle is divided into two parts by a Court in the middle, about which there is a Corridor with Balluilers, which leads from the fore part of the Houle to that which is behind the Court. The Chambers of thefirlh Floor are arch’d; and the upper ones are ceil’d, of which the height is equal to their breadth The Garden before the Stables is 120 Foot long by 60 Foot wide. 1 think this defcription is lufficient for what concerns this Houfe, all the reft being eafily feen in the Plan of it, where lhave let down the meafure and fize of every part, in the fame manner as in the fore¬ going ones. f The draught that follows is one half of the fore front on a large Scale. Amongft feveral worthy Gentlemen of Vicenza, there is Sig¬ nor Paolo Armerico, who was Referendary to the Popes Pius the fourth and fifth, and deferv’d to be made a Citizen of Rome ; as well as all his Family for his lake. This Gentleman, after ha¬ ving travell’d a long time to improve himfclf, being come to fettle at laft in his own Country, after the death of all his Friends, chofe his abode at a Country-houfe he had on a Hill, within lefs than half a Mile of the Town, where he fince has built the following Houfe **, which 1 have not plac’d among the Country-houies, becaufe of its proximity to the T own, to which one may properly fay it belongs. Its Situation is as advantageous and delicious as can be delir’d, be¬ ing l’eated on a hillock of a moft eafy afcent, at the foot of which runs the Bacchilione, a navigable River. On the other fide, it is furrounded by feveral Hills, that feem to forma great Theatre, and which befides are all of them cultivated, being very fertile, abound¬ ing with excellent Fruits and Vineyards: fo that having the advan¬ tage of fine Profpedts on all fidcs, fome confin’d, fome more re¬ mote, and fome farther than the fight can reach, I have made Portico’s to all the fore fronts; under the which, and alfo of the Hall, I have contrived Rooms for the ufe and conveniency of thole of the Family. The Hall which is circular, and plac’d in the middle of the Building, receives its Light from the top. The Clolets have Me^anino's. Above the great Rooms furround- //. rr XII. f Plate XIII. ** Plate XIV. and XV. [ ] ing the Hall (the Arches of which are after our firft method) there is a Plat-form to walk on i ' Foot broad. On the Pedeftals, which fupport the fteps of the four Portico’s, are Statues made by Mr. Lorenzjo Vicentino, an excellent Sculptor. Signor Gmoglio Capra, a worthy Gentleman of the fame Town, for the honour of his Country rather than for his own conveniency, has made all the preparations neceflary, and even begun to build the following defign*, which is advantagioufly fituated, in the principal Street of the Town. This Building is to have Courts, Galleries, Halls, and Chambers of all forts, fome being large, fome little, and others of a middle lize. The form of it is beautiful anddiverfify’d, fo that it will be magnificent and noble, fuitable to the dignity and generality of its Mailer. C. A little np pyj Court. D. Another little Court. L. The great Court. S. A Hall which is fupported with Columns underneath, but having none above, makes it appear much lighter. Count Montano Barbarano, having a place to build on in Viet-n- z,a, delir’d me to give him the following defign f, which not Hik¬ ing the place at firft, I was oblig’d to make fome alterations in it; but that Gentleman having fince bought the ground that was want¬ ing, the firft defign has been entirely executed. The Stables and Servants Rooms on the one fide anfwer to the Womens Apartment, to the Kitchen, and other convenient Offices on the other fide, as may be feen in the draught. This Building is fo far advanc’d, that they are railing the Fore-front, which is made according to the follow¬ ing defign in great **. 1 could not furnifh the Printer foon enough with the plan of the laft draught, according to which it was finally refolv d to build it, and that the Foundations of it are already laid. 1 he Entry has fome Columns which fupport an Arch for the rea- l'ons before given. On each fide there are two Chambers, which are a Iquare and half in length, at the end of which are two Iquare ones, and after them two Clofets. Oppofire to the entry is a pallage that leads to a Portico towards the Court. On each fide of this lame pallage is a Clofet with a A'lez.z.anmo above it, to which one goes by the principal Stair-cafe. All the Arches of thefe places are twenty one Foot and a half high. The Hall above, and all the other Rooms are ceil’d, except the Clofets, which are * Plate XVI. t PlateXVll. Plate XVIH. T arch’d [ 66 ] arch’d as high as theCielings of die Rooms. The Columns of the fore-front have their Pedeftals, and fupport a Corridor, to which one enters by the Soffit. The front is not to be after this firft method, as I have laid before, but as it is in the next defign * drawn upon a larger Scale. C H A P. IV. Of the Tufean Atrium, or Hall. | y inw that I have given the defigns of fome Houfes 1 have iPHIjj crecTed in Cities, I think it proper to difeharge my felt ot my promile, in deferibing fome of die principal places ot which the Houfes of the Antientswere compos’d I fhall begin with the Atrium, as being one of the moll principal parts, and come afterwards to the other adjoining parts of die laid Buildings, and 1 aftly to their common Halls. Vitruvius in his fixth Book ob- lerves that there were five forts of thele Atriums among the an- tients, «. the Tufean, that of four Columns, the Corinthian, the Teftudinated, and the open one, of which I intend not to fpeak. The following defigns f are for the Tufean Atrium. The breadth ol this is equal to the two thirds of its length. The breadth of the record Room is but two fifths of that of the Atrium, which is fquare. From this one paffes into the Periftylos, which is a Court furrounded with Pil¬ lars, a third longer than its breadth. The breadth of the Piazza or Portico [that is, the [face from the tVall to the Pillars) is equal to the height of the Columns. Oppofite to the wings of die Atrium one might contrive little Halls, having a profped: over the Gardens ; and if they are made as they are reprefented in the draught, their Co¬ lumns fhould be Iomck about twenty foot high, and then the Pi¬ azza’s wou’d be as broad as the diftance between each Column. A- bove there fllou'd be fome other Columns of the Corinthian Or¬ der, a fourth part lefs than thole below, between whom there fhou’d be Windows to give light, in imitation of the Corinthian Halls, as one may fee hereafter, Plate XXX. The opening above ihou’d be without any cover at all, and ought to be furrounded with a Baluftrade. If the ground will allow it, one may make more or lefs Lodging than I have here drawn, according as the ule and con- veniency of the mailer fhall require. * Piet, XVIII XIX. The [ 6 7 ] The following draught * upon a larger Scale reprefents this Atrium. A. Atrium. B. Door to the Record-room. C. Record-room. D. Portico of the Periftylos. E. Portico, or Gallery before the Atrium, which may be called the Fefi- bule. F. Freest,? and Cornice on the Bref-fummer, fupporting the top of the Atrium. 1 CHAP. V. Of the Atrium with four Columns . t ^ ^ following defign f reprefents the Atrium with four Co- ' Jjjj lumns; the length of which being divided into five equal tlS parts, the breadth takes up three. The Wings ( that is, the fpacc between the Wall and the Columns, which is not comprehended in the breadth of the Atrium) have in breadth a fifth part of the height of the Columns. The Columns are Corinthian, and their diameter is equal to the breadth of one half of the Wings. The opening above is the third part of the breadth of the laid Atrium, and the breadth of the Charter-room is half of the breadth of the fame Atrium, and has the fame length. From which Atrium one pailes through the Charter-room into the Perifiylos, which is a fquare and a half in length. The Columns of the firft order are Dorick, and the breadth of the Portico is equal to the height of thofe Columns. Thofe of the fecond order are Ionick, and a fourth part lefs than the firft, under which there is a Pedeftal, two Foot and three quar¬ ters high. A. Atrium. B. Door to the Charter-room. Charter-room. Portico of the Periftylos. Chambers near the Atrium. Portico through which one en¬ ters into the Atrium. C. D- E. F. K. L. Wings of the Atrium. . Freeze under the Cornice of the Atrium. Opening on the top of the Atrium, with a Baluflrade round it. Solid above the Columns. Scale of ten Foot. ■ Plate XX- t Plate XXI. CHAP- [ 68 3 CHAR VI. Of an Atrium after the Corinthian wanner . P^P H E Edifice which I am going to defcribe * is at Ff»/Vf in the ||Tjp Convent nam’d the Charity, belonging to the regular Canons. IK'SIe I have endeavour’d to make this Houfe referable thole of the Antients, and in order thereto, I have built a Corinthian Atrium in it, the length of which is the diagonal of its fquare. The wings ( that is, the faces between the tVall and the Columns) have in breadth two fevenths of the length of the Atrium, that is, one for each Wing. The Columns are Compofite, and are three Fool and a half in diameter, and q y Foot high. The aperture in the middle is one third of the breadth of the Atrium, taken between the Columns. Above the Atrium there is a Terrals level to the third order of the Cloifter, where the Cells of the Canons are. The Veftry is on one fide, near the Atrium, rounda¬ bout which there is a Dortch Cornice which fupports an arch’d cieling. The Columns that are there, bear up that fide of the Cloilfer’s Wall, which in the upper part divides the Chambers or Cells from the Galle¬ ries- The veftry ftands in the place where the antients kept the Ima¬ ges of their Anceftors, and which they call’d the Record-room ; tho to fuit with the conveniency of the place, i have made the wings of the Atrium ferve for that ufe, oppofite to the Veftry in the Chapter-hall an- fwerable to one another. On the fide near the Church, there is an Ehptical, or oval Stair-cafe, open in the middle, which is very commodious and agreeable. From the Atrium one enters into the Cloifter, where there are three Orders of columns one over the other. The firft is Donck, and its columns project more than one half from the Pilafters. The fecond is lonick, and the columns are a fifth part lefs in height than the former. The third is Corinthian, and diminifhes alfo a fifth in the height of the fecond. In this laft range, inftead of Pilafters, there is a con¬ tiguous Wall; and over the center of the Arches of the two firft orders, are Windows which give light to the Entries of the Cells, the arch’d ceilings whereof are made of cane, to difeharge the Walls. Oppofite to the Atrium and the Cloifter, beyond the Stair-cafe, is the Refectory, or large Dining-room, which is two fquares in length, and rais’d to the third Story of the Cloifter. * ll.itt XXII. C 69 ] It has a Gallery on each fide, and under it a Cellar made in thefhapeof a Ciftern, that no Water may come into it At one end are the Kitchen, the Ovens, the Poultry-yard, the Wood-houfe, the Landry, and a pretty fine Garden ; at the other end are other Conveniencies. This Building has 44 Rooms and 46 Cells, including the apartments for Strangers, and other places for feveral ufes. The firft * oi the following draughts is a part of the Atrium drawn at large, and the fecond f is a part of the Cloifter. CHAP. VII. Of the Teftudinatcd Atrium, and the private Houfes of the antient Romans. E SID E S the various forms of Atriums we have fpoken of before, there was one very much in ufe among the Antients, which they call’d Tejtudinated, (that is, after the form of a Tor- toife) and becaufc what Vitruvius fays of it is very obfcure and difficult, and confequently requires a particular Obfervation; I lhall therefore acquaint you with what I think upon that fubjedt, adding alfo the dif- pofition andfituation of the OEques, or great Halls of the Chanceries, Refectories, Baths, and the like ,- fo that the following Cut **£hallre- prefont all the parts of a private Houle, every one in its place, accord¬ ing to Vitruvius. The length of the Atrium is equal to the diagonal of its fquare, and has its full breadth in height, which reaches as far as the fummer, or architrave of the Roof The Rooms on the fides are fix Foot lefs in height; and above the Walls which feparate them from the Atrium, there are Pilafters which bear the Roof of the find Atrium: between thelc pilafters there ate fome Apertures or Windows which give light to the faid Atrium ; for the Chambers have an open platform or terrafs above them. The Record-room is oppofite to the entry, and is two fifths of the breadth of the Atrium. This place ferv’d, as I faid be¬ fore, to put in the Images or Titles of their Anceftors. A little further one finds the Periftylos, about which are Piazzas as broad as is the height of the columns. The Chambers are of the fame breadth, and their height, to the impofl of the Arches, is equal to their breadth; as the Arches have in height the third part of their dia¬ meter. Vitruvius has deferib’d feveral forts of OEques, which * P'm XXIII. t Plate XXIV. ** Plan XXV. “ u were [ > 3 wherein alfo the Women did their work. Some of thefe were called Tetrafiylt, becaufe they had in them four Pillars. Others were called Corinthian, which were fufrounded with femy-columns. The Egyptian ones had, over and above the firft row of columns, a Wall, which inclos’d them with halt-columns plac’d diredtly above the lower ones, and a fourth part lefs. Between thefe Pillars were the Windows that gave liejht to the Hall. The height of the Galleries that furrounded it, did not exceed the columns of the firft order; and above all there was a plat-form with a corridor, and an elbow-rail round the whole. 11 hall give a delign of each of thefe kinds ot Halls feparately. The fquare Halls were to take the cool in during the Summer, and had commonly the profpect of Gardens or other Verdures. They had alfo another kind of Halls that were called Ci&icencs, and which were alfo defignd for the abovefaid ufes. The Chanceries and Libraries were generally on the Eaft fide, as alfo the Trtchnta, or Eating-rooms. There were likewife Bagnios for Men and W omen, which I have reprefented in the further part of the Houfe. A. Atrium. B. Record-room. C- Periftylos. D. Halls after the Corinthian manner. The following defign * A. Atrium. B. Record-room. C. Piazza about the inner court. D. The inner court. E. Door way to the Record-room. F. Part of the Corinthian Hall. G. Galleries, or Piaz,z,as. E. A Hall with four columns. F. A Bafilica. G. Apartments for the Summer. H. Chambers. I. Libraries. is for the fame Atrium, from a larger Scale. 1 Chambers about the Atrium. K. Summers making the Freeze of the Entablature within. L. tt'indows which give light to the Atrium. M. The flat above the Walls of the Atrium. H. Pia&Zja before the Atrium. CHAP. VIII. Of the Halls with four Columns. _ H E following defign f is of that fort ol Hall call d Tetra- Tjlg ftylos, becaufe it had four columns. It was made fquare, and the columns ferv’d not only to proportion the breadth to the height, but alfo to make the upper place ftill the firmer; which * Plate XXVI. t Plate XXVII. C 71 ] is a thing that I have pradtis’d in molt of my Buildings, as may be feen both in the defigns I have already given, and in thole that are to follow CHAP. IX Of the Corinthian Halls, Hill H E Corinthian Halls were of two forts. The firlt had their raLZJij columns only laid on the Floor, as may be feen in the firlt SSifcte defign *; and the fecond were laid on Pedeftals, as in the fe- cond defign f: But the columns in both were always near the Wall, and the Architrave, Freeze, and Cornice were made with Stuc, or elfe of Wood, and dicic was but one row of Pillars. The Ceilings were either made femi-circular, orfeheme, that is, lb fiat as to have in height on¬ ly one third of the breadth of the Room. They were generally ad¬ vanc’d with compartments made with Ituc and painting. The length of thele Halls would be of a fine proportion, if it was of a fquare and two thirds of their breadth. CHAP. X Of the Hall after the Egyptian manner. jPK H E following defign ** is for Halls after the Egyptian way, gyJl which very much refemble Bafilicas, or Courts of Julticc, (of which I 111 all alfo fpeakwhen I treat of publick Buildings.) be- caufe thefe forts of Halls had a Portico wherein the columns were at adiftance from the Wall, after the fame manner as in the Bafilicas ; and Upon thefe Pillars were plac’d the Architrave, Freeze, and Cornice. The fpace between the Pillars and the Wall was cover’d with a platform fur- rounded by a Corridor with rails and ballufters. Above the fame Pillars, there was a continu’d Wall with half Pillars on the infide of it, a fourth part lels than the lower ones. Between the laid half Pillars were plac’d the Windows that gave light to the Hall, and through which, when laid open, thofe that were on the platform could look into it. This fort of Halls muff needs have been of an admirable magnificence, as well by reafon of the ornaments of its Pillars, as for its height ■, becaufe the JftoXXVIU. (KmXXIX. ” Plate XXX. Sojfte [ 7 2 3 Softie reach’d above the Cornice of the fecond Order, and one may judge how commodious they were, for receiving great companies, for banquetting, and for all manner of Recreations. CHAP. XI. Of the private Houfes of the Greeks. pp7~ H E Greeks had a different fray of Building from the Romans ; ItA'i ! for, as Vitruvius fays, inftead of making Portico’s, or Gal- leries and Halls, they made the entry to their Houles very narrow *, placing on one fide the Stables, and the Porter’s-lodges on the other. From this firff entry, one pafs'd into a Court, which had Piaz,&as on three fides, and towards that of the South they made Anti, or butments of Pilafters, which fupported the joyfts of the Ceiling more inwards: becaule, that leaving fome fpacc between the one and the other, they had very large places, which they appointed for Lodg¬ ings to the Miftrcfs of the Houle, and to the Men and Maid Servants. On the fame Floor with thefe butments, there were fome Rooms which we may call Anti-chambers, Chambers, and Drawing-rooms,being every oilc juft behind the other. About the Pia&z>as were places ap¬ pointed for eating, fleeping, and the like Family neccffities. To this Building was another join'd, greater and better adorn’d, with larger Courts, wherein they made fe r Porticos , or Piaz^z^as of equal height, if they did not make one of a larger lize to the South; and then the Piazza on that fide was call’d - Rhodian, perhaps becaule the Rhodians firlt ufed this manner of Building. In thefe Courts were very magnifi¬ cent Galleries to the Front: they had their own Gates, being inhabited only by Men. On the right and left fide of this Building they made others, which, as well as the foregoing, had their own particular Gates, with all the conveniencies neceffary for a dwelling. There they ufed to lodge Strangers; for it was a cuftom among this Nation, that when they had a foreign Gueft, they entertain’d him at their own Ta¬ ble the firlt day; but after that time they affign’d him an Apart¬ ment in this kind of Houle, wherein they furnilll’d him with e- very thing neceffary for his maintenance: fo that Strangers were thus oblig’d to no Ceremony, and had the lame liberty as if they had been all the while at their own home. And now I think I have fufliciently explain’d the antient Greek way of Building, • Platt XXXI. as [ 73 ] as well as that we pradtife our felves at prefent in the Towns. Parts of a private Houfe after the Grecian manner. A. Pajfage at the entry of the houfe. B. Stables. C. Porter s Lodge. D. Ftrfl Court. E. Lobby, orVeftibule, thro which people paft into the rooms. F. Places where the women did their work. G. Ftrflgreat Chamber, which we may call an Anti-chamber. H. A lejfer room. I. A Clofet. K. Great dining-room. L. Common Chambers. M. Second Court, larger than the firft. N. Piazza larger than the three o- thers, the Court of which is call'd Rhodian. O. Pajfage leading from the little Court to the greater. P. Three Piazzas, the pillars of which are fmall. Q. Cizicene RefeUories, and Chanceries, or places that ufed to be painted. R. Hall. S. Library. T. Square Hall where they ufed to eat. V. Apartments for Strangers. X. Small pajfages which divided the flrangers apartments from thofe of the mafier. Y. Small open Courts. Z. I he principal ftreet. CHAP. XII. Of the Situation which ought to be chofen for Country Houfes. S certainly ’tis highly creditable and convenient for a Gentle¬ man to have a Houfe in the City, where he is oblig’d fome- times to relide, either as occupying fome publick Poll in the Government, or for the management of his own private Affairs; fo perhaps he may receive no lefs pleafure and advantage from a Houfe in the Country, where he paffes the reft of his time in feeing and improv¬ ing his own Pofleffions, in augmenting his fubftance by induftry and agriculture; where, by exercifing himfelf, either in walking, or on Horfe-back (which are only proper for the Country) he preferveshis Body ftrong and healthy; and where, in a word, the mind being over¬ labour'd by the fatigues of the City, will be Angularly recruited and X recreated: [ 74 3 recreated: lb that he may then quietly apply himfelf to the ftudy of Books, or the contemplation of Nature, in imitation of thofe anti- ent Sages, who, on fuch accounts, ufed frequently to retire to the like places; where being vifited by their viruous Friends and Relations, and poiTcfling Pleafure-houfes, Gardens, Fountains, and fuch other objects of diverfiori, but above all their own virtue, they con’d ea- fily attain that higheft pitch of a happy Life, that on this earth can be' poflibly enjoy’d. Now having already, by the help of God, finim’d all I had to fay with relation to Houles in the City, ’tis but reafonable I fhould pafs next to thofe in the Country, where private Affairs and Family-bufinefs are chiefly tranfadfed. But before we come to give the delign and draughts ot fuch, it appears very pro¬ per to difeourfe a little about Situation, or the places fit to be cholen for fuch Buildings; and of the compartment, or diftribution of the parts of thefame: becaufehot being commonly (as in Towns) ftrai- ten’d for room by publick Buildings, nor confin’d by our Neighbours to certain determinate bounds, it is the duty of an able Architedf to find out with all care and diligence the mod commodious and healthy places,- fincePeople live in the Country for the greateft part of the Summer, during which feafon, our Bodies, even in the healthieft region, are apt to grow weak and fickly, by realonof the heats. In the firft place therefore, let the feat pitch’d upon be, as near as poffr- ble, the molt convenient for the owner’s Elf ate, that is, towards the center of the lame; to the end that without much fatigue, he may himfelf view the whole at any time, tnd make improvements all around; as likewife that the Tenants and Labourers may the more ealily bring the growth of it to his Houfe. . If the Building can be eredted near a River, it will much conduce to its Beauty and Convenience; becaufe thus not only the produdbs of the Land can at all times be the more ealily carry’d by Water to the City, and that the Water itfelf will lerve the ufes of the Houfe and Cat¬ tle; but it will render the profpedt molt agreeable, notably re- frefh the Air in Summer, and with no fmall advantage, as well as ornament, water the Fields, Gardens, and Stalls, which are the very foul and fupport of a Country Villa. But if the fituation can’t be near a navigable River, let it be however near fome Brook, or other running Water, and as far as may be from dead or Ifagnant Waters ; becaufe thefe generate the very worlf of Air, which may be eafily avoided, by building in elevated and agree- ble places : I mean where the Air, being free, is in a continual motion, and the Earth, by reafon of its declivity, purg’d from all humid and noxious Vapours ; where the Inhabitants are heal- [ IS ] healthy, chearful, and very well complexion’d and where one is not difturb d with the noife of Gnats, and other troublefome little Animals, which breed in putrefy’d. and marfhy Waters. Yet fince Water is abfolutely neceffary to the life of Man, and that Waters of different qualities produce in us different Effeds (whence home beget the Spleen, feme the Gout, others the Stone, and others other Diltempers) fo the utmoft care is to be taken, that the Houfe may be hear fuch Water as has no odd or ill tafte, and that has no particular Tindure: but, on the contrary, that it be limpid, clear, light, and fuch as, fprinkled, will not ltain white Linnen, all thefe being figns of its goodnefs. Vitruvius has taught us many ways of trying the goodnefs of the Water; and that Water is held perfed in its kind, which makes good Bread, wherein greens are quickly boil’d, and which leaves no fedi- ment in the bottom of the VefTel. It is an excellent mark of the goodnefs of Water, if in its paflage there neither grow mofs nor rulhes; but that its bed be clean and fine, with fend or gra¬ vel at the bottom, and without mud or flime. The very ani¬ mals that drink ordinarily of fuch Waters will give marks of their goodnefs, if they are hearty, brisk, ftrong, and in good cafe, being neither lean nor feeble. As for the felubrity of the Ah. an indication of it, over and above thofe already menti¬ on’d, may be taken from old Edifices, if they are neither cor¬ rupted nor confumed ; from the Trees, 'if they be thriving, beautiful, ftrait, and none of thofe that naturally grow in fenny places; from the Rocks and Stones of the place, if they fhow no figns of rottennefs in the part that’s above the furface of the Earth; and even from the complexion of the Inhabitants, if it be natural, and (hows a good Conftitution. None ought to build in Vallies enclos’d by Mountains: becaufe Houfcs hid in fuch places, befides their being depriv’d of diftant Profpeds, and that they are not confpicuous to others, which lofes all' their Beauty and Reputation; they are moreover in every refped injurious to health, becaufe the Earth, being impregnated with the Rains that fettle there, fends forth Vapours peftiferous,’ not only to the Bodies, but alfo to the minds of Men; the fpirits being by their means debilitated, the joints emafculated, the Nerves relax d, and the Provifions carry’d into Magazines and Graineries corrupted with moifture. If, on the other hand, the Sun-can penetrate into thofe bottoms, the refledion of its Rays will caufe exce/five heats; or if it enters not, then a perpetual fhade will render the People ftupid, and fpoil their Complexi¬ on, [ 7 . according to our fecond manner. The fecond fize Rooms .ire fquare, and their Arches round or oven-wile. The Clofets, and the 1 afliige be¬ tween, are of the lame breadth: their Arches are two fquares high. The Entry has four Columns, a fifth lefs than thofe which are without ; and they fupport the floor of the Hall : befides * Plate xxxvi. t Plate XXXVII.! that [ 8i ] that the height of the Arch is much finer and furer with them The four Niches, which you perceive there have each a Statue, re- presenting the four feafons of the Year, done by Alejandro Vi i tori a,- an excellent Sculptor. The firft Order of Columns is Dorick, and the fecond Iomck. The upper Rooms are ceil’d. The height of the Hall reaches as far as the roof On the Flanks of this Houfe, there are two wings, joind to the Houfe by twopaflages, which lead into the kitchen and to fome other Offices; in the middle of each of them there are two arch’d Gates which open into two Streets. 1 he following draught * is the Houfe of the magnificent Lord George Cornaro in Piombmo, a place of Caftle-franco. ' The firft Or¬ der of the Portico is Iomck. The ftair-cafe is as far as well can be into the Houfe, that it may be lefs expos’d to heat or cold. The wings of the Hall, wherein you fee the Niches, have the third part of their own length in breadth ; and the Pillars range with the laft but one of the Porticos exadly, and are as diftant from one another as they are high. The great Rooms are a fquare and three quarters long; the height of the Arches is according to our firft method of the height of Arches. The fecond-iizc Rooms are fquare, and a third higher than broad. The Arches are crofs-grinded. Over the Clofets are Me&aninos, or half Sto¬ ries. The upper Portico is of the Corinthian Order: its Pillars are a fifth part lefs than the lower ones. The Chambers are ceil’d, and above them are fome Me&amnos. The Kitchen, and places belonging to it, are on one fide; and on the other are places for the Servants- The Building of the following draught f belongs to the mofb illuftrious Knight Leonardo Mocenico , in a place call’d Morocco , on the road from Vmice to Trevigi. The Cellars are level with the ground, and above them are the Granaries on the one fide, as the Servants Lodgings are on the other. Over thefe are the Mafter’s Rooms, forming four Apartments. The Arches of the greateft are one and twenty foot high, and are made of Canes, that they may be the lefs heavy. Thofe of the Idler ones are as high as thofe of the large!! ; but thofe of the Clofets are only 17 foot high, and are eroded. The Gallery of the firft ftory is lonick. In the lower Hall there are four Columns, which make the height and breadth to be proportionable. The fecond Order of the Portico is Corinthian, and its Poggio, or Pedeftal, is two foot and three quarters high. The ftair-cafes are in the middle, * Platt XXXVIII. t Plate XXXIX. fepa* Z [82] Separating the Hall from the Veftibule: both Stairs are oppofite the one to the other, to the end that People may go up and come down both ways, which makes them very fine and convenient, befides that they are light enough. On the wings of this Building are the Wine-prefles {mark'd. onthe Plan A) with the Stables, Galleries, andluch like places fit for a Country Family. At Fangio in the Trivigian, within three Miles of Caftel-franco, may be feen the Houfe of the magnificent Lord Leonardo Emo, built accord¬ ing to the following draught*. The Cellars, Granaries, Stables, and other places for a Villa, are on each fide of the Mailer’s Houfe,- at each end of which there is a Pigcon-houfe, which, befides the ornament to the place, brings likewife profit to the Owner. People may go under llleltcr every where about this Houfe, which is one of the moll confide- rablc conveniencies that ought to be defir d in a Country-houfe, as we have already obferv’d. On the back of this Building there is a fquare Garden, which contains fourfeore Trivigian Acres; in the rnidll of which runs a little River, which renders the fituation very fine and agreeable. This Houfe is adorn’d with feveral pieces of painting done by Battifia Venetiano. CHAP. XV, The Draughts of [owe Noblemens Seats on the Terra Fir ma. / y N a place of the Vicentine, call'd Final, is the following Houfe f, ||C| which belongs to the Lord Biagio Sarracem. The floor of the i&Aj Rooms is rais’d five foot from the ground. The great Cham¬ bers are a fquare and five eigths long, their height being equal to their breadth, and are all ceil’d. This height is alfo continu’d in the Hall. The Clofets near the Galleries are arch'd: the height of the Arches is equal to that of the Rooms. The Cellars are below, and the Gra¬ naries above, being of the fame extent with the whole Houfe. The Kitchens are without, but fo near that they are convenient enough: all the other places, neceflary to a Country-houfe, are on the tw'o fides of the Building. The draughts that follow ** are of the Houfe of Signior Giro¬ lamo Ragona, a Vicentine Gentleman, who built it at one of his * Pint XL t Plate XLI. Plate XL1I. Lordfhips . [ 83 ] Lordftlips call d le Ghi^ole. This Houfehas the fame convenience I have mentton d above, which is, that one can walk every-where under covert The floor of the Matter’s Apartments is rais’d twelve foot above the ground. Under thefe are all the conveniences for the Houfhold. Above are other Chambers, which may not only ctve or Granaries, but alfo for Lodgings upon occafion. The principal flairs are in the fore-front, and anfwer diredly to the Por ticos of the Court. A t Poghana, a place m the Vtcentine, is the following Houfe * be¬ longing to the Cavalier Pogliana. The Rooms have been adorn’d with } ” g j "'; d Ver y hne ftticcatures by Mepr Bernard,™ India and epr Anfelmo Canera, Painters of Verona, and by Mejftr Bartholomeo two tu’rd 7 ptor a c S e pl f e - The great Rooms are a ft l uare and ds long, and arch d. Over the Clofets are Aleczaninos. The height of the Hall is one half more than its breadth, and is equal to the height of the Gallery. The Hall is arch’d with a Fafcia, and the Portico with a crofs-gnnded Arch. The Granaries are above all thefe Apartments as the Cellars and Kitchen are under them; becaufe ic 001 o the hrlt ftory is rais’d five foot above the ground The lower yard, and other places for the ufe of a Country-houfe, are on one fide ofit and a Garden which anfwers to the yard is on the other hde. Behind the Houfe is an Orchard and aFifh-pond: fo that this Gentleman, who is magnificent, and of a noble fpirit, has fpar’d no¬ thing which he thought might bring ornament or conveniency to this Houfe m order to make it as fine, delightful, and compleat as poilible. r ft? n-'nTf’ apLl “ near ^' f "^, Si g nior Gio. Francefco Valmarana, ol b letted Memory, built the following Houfe f. The Galleries or Porticos are Iomck ; the Columns are upon a fquare bafe which fur rounds the whole Houfe. To the level of this bafement is the floor ot the Gallery and Rooms, which are all ceil'd. At the Angles of this Building there are four arch’d Towers; the Hall is alfo arch’d with a Fafcia. This Houfe has two Court-yards, the one forwards for the ulc ot the Matter, and the other backwards, where they threlli the Corn. About this Court are coverts, and all other places neceflary to a Cou n try-hou fe. 1 The Counts Francefco, and Ludovico de Trijfmi, Brothers began the Building of the following ** Draught at Meledo, a place in the ltS . fimation is ver y fine ’ being on a Hill, that’s walh’d by a little River, m the midftofafpacious Plain, and on a well-frequented ? pla “ XLIII. t Plate XLIV. *• Pl„„ XLV. Road. [ §4 ] Road On the top of the Hill there is to be a Hall encorri- pafs’d with Rooms ; but rais’d fo high that it may receive its I ight above them. This Hall has feme demy-pillars, which fupport a Corridor, to which People enter by the upper Chambers, which ferve but for the Mez^aninos, being only feven foot high- Under the floor of the firft Chambers are the Kitchens, Pantries, and fuch like places. And becaufe every front of the Houle has a very fine profpedl, there are made four Porticos or Galleries to them ot the Corinthian Order; above the pediments ol which one fees the Cupolo of the Hall. The Galleries that come round it look extraordinary well. The Hay-lofts, Cellars, Stables, Granaries, the Farmer s^ Lodging, and other Family conveniencics are lower. The columns of the Porticos are of the Tufcan Order; and at the corners of the Court near the River are two Dovc-houfes. This Building * is at Campiglia , a place of the Vicentine, and be- longs to Signor Marfo Ref eta, whofinifll’d it according to the defign of the late Signor Francefco his Father of blefled Memory. Thelil- lars of the Porticos are of the Dorick Order; the intercolumnation is four diameters of a column. In the two rcmotcll corners of the Roof, where one fees the Galleries, without the main body ol the Houfe, there are two Dove-houfes and Galleries. On the fide to¬ wards the Stables are divers Chambers, every one dedicated to fome particular Virtue, as one to Juftice, another to Challity, and others to other Virtues, with Elogiums and Pictures appropriated to the fub- jedt. Part of thefe were done by Battifta Magan&a, a Vicentine Painter, who is alio an excellent Poet, and who has done all this defignedly, that as the Gentleman receives thofe who vifit him moll courteouily, fohemay lodge every one ot his Guefts and Friends m the Apartment of that Virtue to which he thinks them moll inclined. In this Building one may go every where conveniently under Piazzas. And fince the Farm-houfe is of the fame Order with that ot the Mailer’s it Leif, all that this laft wants in greatnel's by not being more coftly than the other, is fufficiently made up to the former, by being equal both in ornament and fymmetry. The following Houfe f belongs to the two Brothers, the Counts Edward and Theodore de Thiem. ' It Hands in a place call’d Cigogna, where Count Francis their Father began to build it. The Hall is in the middle of the Houfe, and round it are fome Iomck Pil¬ lars, which fupport a Corridor which is level with the floor ot the upper Rooms. The Arch of this Hall reaches to the root. * Plate XL VI. t Plate XLVII. The C 8* ] The great Rooms are arch’d with a Fafcia, the fquare ones Oven-wile, and are raisd in fuch a manner, that they form four little Turrets on the angles of the Building. The Clofets have Mez^aninos above them, whofe doors are over-againft the middle of tire Stairs, which have no Wall in their middle: and as the Hall, by receiving its light from above, is extraordinary lightlome, thefe Me&aninos are alfo fufficiently light; and by fo much the more, as they have their light from the top, being open in the middle. The Cellars and Granaries are in one of the cover’d fides, or Arches of the yard; and in the other are the Stables, with the other places ferving for Country ufes. The two Galleries, that make as it were the two arms of the main Building, ferve to unite the Farmer’s Houfe to that of the Mailer- There are two yards with Porticos, the one ferves to lay up the crop; the Other to lodge the Husbandmen and their Servants. The following Houfe * belongs to Count Giacomo Angarario, who built it in his Lordihip of Angarano, a place in the Vicentine. On both fides of the Court are the Cellars; the Granaries, the Wine-prefles, the Farmer’s Houfe, the'Stables, with the Dove-houfe; and beyond there is on one fide a Court or Yard for the Country neceflaries, and on the other fide a Garden. The Mailer’s Houfe is in the middle, all the full lloryofit being arch’d, and the lecond ceil’d. The Clofets, both above and below, have Alez^amnos. The Brenta , a River very plentiful of excellent Fifh, runs near this Building. The place is fa¬ mous for its delicious Wines and Fruits, but more efpecially for the courtefy of its Lord. The following draughts f are of Count Ottavo Thieni's Houfe, in a place call’d Omnto. This Building was begun by Count Marc Antonio his Father, of happy Memory, and by Count A- driano his Uncle. The fituation is very fine, for it has the Tcjfi- na on one fide, and a pretty large branch of the fame River on the other. This Palace has a Gallery before its Gate of the Do- rick Order, thro which one paffes into another Gallery; and from that into the Court, which has alfo two Galleries in its wings, at the end of which are all the Rooms and Apartments, of which fome have been painted by Giovanni Indcmio a Vicentine, and a ve- ry ingenious Man. Over againft the Portico of the entry there is another Gallery exadlly like it, which brings you to an Atrium with four Pillars, and flrait forwards to a Court whofe Porticos are of the Dorick Order. It ferves for all the ufes of the Villa. There is no principal flair-cafe, that has any proportion to the reft of the Building ; becaufe the upper part of this Houfe * Slate XL VIII. \ Plate XLIX. ferves Aa [ 86 ] ferves only for Wardrobes, Stores, and Lodgings for the Ser¬ vants. At Lonedo, a place in the Vicentine, is the following Houfe *, belonging to Signor Girolamo de Godi. It is fimated on a little Hill that has a very fine profpedt, near a River that furniUles it with Filh. To render this fituation proper for Country purpofes, they have made yards and paflages fupported by Arches at a very confiderable Expence. The Mailer’s and Families Apartment is in the middle of the Building. The floor of the Chambers is rais’d thirteen foot from the level of the ground, and they are ceil’d. The Granaries are above; and below, under the railing of the thirteen foot, are the Cellars, Kitchens, places to make Wine, and other neceflary conveniencies. The height of the Hall is to the very roof, and it has two rows of Windows. At each fide of the Houle there are great yards with coverts, ferving for Country ules. The Houfe is painted with great nicety by Mefler Gualterio Padoano, Mefler Battifia del Moro of Verona, and Mefler Battifta Venetiano: for this Gentleman having a mind to make his Houfe as per¬ fect as poflible, and having himfelf no fmall judgment, fpar'd no coll to get the molt excellent Workmen and Artifls of our time At Santa Sophia, a place within five Miles of Verona, is the fol¬ lowing Houfe f, which belongs to Count Marc Antonio Sarego. Its fituation is on a very fine Hill of a molt ealy afcent, be¬ tween two Vallies, from whence one fees a great part ol the City Round about are fcveral other Hills very agreeable to the Eye, and abounding with excellent Waters, whereby the Houfe and Garden are adorn’d with feveral admirable Fountains. By reafon of itsagree- ablenefs, this place was formerly the delight of the Lords de la Scale ; and we may alio judge, by forne old Ruins which are found there, that in the time of the antient Romans it was in great efteem. That part of this Building which ferves for the Mafter’s Apartment and his Family, has a Court wholly furrounded with Porticos. The Pillars are of the Jonick Order, and courfly wrought, as leems to become a Country- houfe, to which nice and finifh’d Works bears not fo true a refemblance as plain and natural ones. Thefe Pillars lupport the Cornice, which makes the Gutters that receive the Rain that falls from the top of the Houfe; and behind are fome pilafters under the Porticos, that bear the floors of the fecond lfory. In this fame fecond lfory are two Halls over-againft one another, the largenefs of which may be feen in the draught ** by the lines that go crols eaeh other, and * Plate L. 1 Plate LI. ** Plate LI- are [ §7 ] are carry’d on from the further Walls to the Pillars. Near this Court is the Farmer’s yard, where there are on both hides all the coverts neceflary for Country matters. The following * is the Houle of Count Anmbal Serego, in a place of the Collognefe called la Miga. The whole Building is rais’d on a Pe- deftal or Bafement four foot and a half high; level to which is the floor of the firft Chambers; under which are the Cellars, Kitchens, and o- ther places for the Lodgings or other tiles of the Family. The Aril Chambers are arch d, and the fecond ceil’d. 1 he Farmer’s yard, with all the Country conveniencies, is near the Houle. CHAP. XVI. Of the Country-houfes of the Antients. fipijfil T FI E R T O I have given the draughts of feveral Country jjjt-Jlkvj houfes done by my direction: it remains that I now give you fome f after the manner of the Antients, according to what Vitruvius has deliver’d ; for in thefe you may fee all the places belonging to the Lodgings, and the conveniencies of the Country, turn’d to the regions of the Heaven that are moll proper, I 111 all not here infill upon what Pltny lays about this Subject, my defign being only atprefentto explain what Vitruvius fays of it. The principal front of the Building is turn’d to the South, and has a Gallery, from which one enters by a paflage into the Kitchen, which receives its light above the places ad¬ jacent, as it mult have the Chimney in the middle- On the left-hand fide are the Halls for the Oxen, the manger whereof mull be turn’d to the Ealt The Bagnios mull all'o be on the lame fide, and at the fame diftance from the Kitchen as from the Gallery, becaufe of the room they require. On the right hand you have the Oil-prefles, and other places for the Oil, which anlwer the places of the Bagnios, and are turn’d to the Ealt, South, and Weft. The Cellars are backwards, far from all noife, and open to the North for fear of the Sun. The Granaries are above, and receive the fame light, and the fame way as the Cellars do. On the right and left fides of the Court are Halls for the Cattle, ltables for the Horfes, conveniencies for Sheep and other Animals; with Hay-lofts and Barns to put the Straw in, as well as Bake-houfes, all which mult be as far from any Fire as * Plate hlb t Plate LIU. may [ 88 3 ftwy be. The Matter's Habitation is backwards, the principal front Of which isoppofite to the Farmer’s Houfe ; fo that in thefe Country Buildings the Halls are always in the back part. All the fame things Were obferv’d in thefe, whereof we have fpoken above, in giving the draughts of the private Houfes of the antients, which is the reafon why I have had no regard now but to what purely concerns the Country. In all the Buildings which I have made in the Country, and alfo in fome of thofe in Towns, I have always plac’d the Pediments before, where the principal Gates arebecaufe they make the principal entry to the Houfe more obfervable, and contribute very much to the mag¬ nificence and noblenefs of the Building. This gives the fore-part a great advantage over the others, and therefore it mutt be made higher; befides that it is much properer to put there the Arms of the Owner, which are commonly plac’d in the middle of them. The antients employ’d them alfo in their works, as is to be feen in the old remains of Temples and other publick Buildings; from which ’tis probable, as I have obferv’d in the Preface to my firftBook, that they borrow’d the contrivance and proportions of private Houfes. Vitruvius, in the laft Chapter of his third Book, teaches us how to make them. CHAP. XVII. Of fome Inventions fuited to different fituatiom. Y firtt intention was not to write but of thofe Buildings only !•': M ,“ 1 that were brought to their perfection, or at leaft fo far ad- iira vanc >d, that one could foon hope to fee them finifh'd: but having obferv’d, that it is often neceflary to confine ones felf to the fituations, and that one has not always free room to build, I have thought it would not be amifs to add to my former draughts fome new Inventions of my own (which were defir’d of me by feveral Pcrfons of Quality, thofome alterations in their affeirs have obftruetted the exe¬ cution) becaufe the irregularity and difficulty ol their fituation, and the method I have obferv'd to contrive the Chambers and other places, fo as to be correfpondent and proportionable to each other, may, in my opinion, prove of no little ufe and •advan¬ tage. The fituation of this firtt draught * is of a pyramidal form, the balls of the Pyramid makes the principal front oi the Houfe, * Pirn LIV. which [ §9 ] which has three Orders of Pillars, Dorick, Io'nick, and Corinthian The Veftibule is lquare, and its Arch, the height and breadth where¬ of is equal, is fupported by four columns. On the one and the other fide are two Chambers, whofe length is a lquare and two thirds, and they are arch’d after our firft way. They have every one a Clofet, with a lmall Stair-cafe to go up to the Mez^aninos. At the end of the entry I had plac’d two Chambers a lquare and a half long, with two Clofetsnear them of the fame proportion, which would alfo have had their flairs to the Mez^amnos : and farther, I contriv’d a Hall of a fquare and two thirds long, with columns equal to thofe of the Veftibule. Next to this there had been a Gallery, on both tides of which I would have plac’d two out-llairs, and farther on a yard, in one fide of which Ihould be the Kitchen. In the fecond ftory the Chambers were to be twenty foot high, and thofe of the third eighteen : but the height of each of the Halls was to be quite to the roof, and level with the Chambers of the fecond ftory; the Halls would have had fome Balconies, or Corridors, wherein to place Perfons of diftindtion at the time of Feltivals, Banquetings, or fuch like diverfions. I made the following draught * for a flotation in Venice. The principal front has three Orders of columns, the Ionick, the Corin¬ thian, and the Compoftte. The Veftibule advances a little outwards, and is adorn’d with four columns, equal and like to thofe of the front. The Chambers, which are on the wings, are arch’d after our firft method. Befides thefe, there are other Chambers that are fmaller, and Clofets with flairs to go up to the Mez^amnos. At the end of the entry one goes thro a paffage into a fecond Hall, which on one fide has a little Court, by which it receives its light, and on the other the principal Stair-cafe of an Elliptical form, and open in the middle, with columns all round, that fupport the Heps. Farther on you have another paffage whereby to enter into a Gallery, the columns of which are Ionick, and equal to thofe of the Veftibule. On each fide of this Gallery there is an Apartment like thofe at the entry, but that on the left hand is in a place which contracts it a little more. Hard by there’s a Court adorn’d quite round with columns, which form a Corri¬ dor, that ferves for the Apartment of the Women, wherein they cook, and which therefore fhould be backwards. The upper part is like the lower one, except the Hall; which is above the entry, has no columns, and is rais'd to the roof, having a Cor- :< Pl.ite LV. Bb ridor [ 9 ° 3 ridor that is level to the Chambers of the third ftory, and might alio ferve the upper Windows, becaule this Hall has two rows of them The floor of the leffer Hall will be of the lame height with the Arches of the fecond Chambers, thefe being twenty three foot high. The Chambers of the third ftory are eighteen loot high, and ceil’d. All the Doors and Windows would be diredlly perpen¬ dicular over one another, and each Wall would beat its fhare of the weight, where the defign executed. The Cellars, Landries, and other Offices, would have been under ground. Some time ago 1 made the following draught *, at the requeft of the two Brothers Count Prancifco and Count Lodoico de Trijfmi, for a place they had in the City of Vicenza ; according to which the Houfe would have had a fquare Veflibule, divided into three fpaces by rows of Corinthian columns, to give more ftrength and proportion to its Arch. On the wings would have been two Apartments, with feven Rooms in each, including three Me&aninos, for which the ftairs, which are next the Clofets, would have ferv’d The height of the great Rooms was to be twenty feven foot ; that of the leffer, and leaft of all but eighteen. Farther in you would have found a Court, furrounded with Galleries of the Ionick Order. The columns of the firft floor of the fore front were alfo to be Ionick, and equal to thofe of the Court ; thofe alfo of the fecond floor were to be Corinthian. The Hall would have been wholly free, of the fame bignefs with the Vefibulc, and rais’d up to the roof ; and level to the floor of its Soffita there would have been a Corridor. The great Rooms would have been ceil’d, but the leffer and fmalleft ones arch’d. The Womens Apartment, with the Kitchen and the like Offices, were to be on one fide of the Court,- as the cellars, a place for firing, and the reft of the Houulold conveniencies, were to be under ground. This other invention f was for Count Giacomo Anvarano, who had alfo a l'pot of ground in the lame City. The columns of the front are of the Compofite Order. The Chambers on the fide of the entry are a fquare two thirds long. Clofe to them there is a Clofet, with a Me&anino above it. After this, you pafs to a Court furrounded with Porticos, the columns whereof are thir¬ ty foot, with Pilafters behind them (which Vitruvius calls Para- ftates ) to fupport the floor of the fecond Gallery, upon which there is yet another open one, level with the higheft floor of [ 9 *] the Houfe, rail d all round. Farther in, you find yet another Court, {unrounded allb with Porticos; the columns of the firft Order of which are Dorick, and of the fecond Ionick. The ftairs are in the Court, and oppofite to them are Stables, where might alfo be plac d the Kitchen and the Servants Lodgings. As to the upper part, the Hall fhould have been without columns, and its Ceiling muft have reach’d to the roof of the Houfe. The Chambers would have been equally high and broad, having Clofets and Me&aninos like the lower ones- One could make a Corridor upon the Columns of the fore-front of the Houfe, which might be very convenient on feveral occafions. In Verona, on a very fine fituation called Git Portoni della Bra, Count Gio. Battijla della Torre had a mind to build according to the following draught *. The Houle was to be adorn’d with Gardens, and all manner of imbellilhments that can make a place convenient and delightful. The firft Rooms were to be arch’d, and above all the little ones would have been JSlez^aninos, with fmall ftairs to go up to them. The Chambers of the fecond ftory were to be ceil’d. The height of the Hall was to be as far as the roof, and level with the floor of the Soffit would have been a Corridor or Balcony. It was to receive its light from the Gallery, and from the Windows it was to have on the wings. I had alfo given to Signor Gio. Battijla Garzsadore, a Vicentin Gentleman, the following draught f, in which there are two Gal¬ leries after the Corinthian Order, the one before and the other behind. Thefe Galleries have their Soffits, and the lower Hall alfo, which is in the inner part of the Houfe ,- that during the Summer they may be cool there, and it has further two rows of Windows. Its Soffit is fupported by four columns, which likewife fupport the floor of another fquare Hall that is above it, but without columns. It is almoft as high as it is broad, and indeed only higher, as the Cornice is in thicknefs. The Arches of the great Rooms are rais’d after our third method, and thofe of the Clofets are fixteen foot. The upper Rooms are ceil’d. The columns of the fecond Galleries are Compofite, and a fifth part lefs than the lower ones. Upon thefe Galleries are Frontons, which give, as I have already laid, a great air and noblenefs to a Building, making it appear higher in the middle than on the wings j befides that, they alfoferve to contain the Arms of the Family. * Plate LVIII. t Plate LIX. The [ 9 > 3 The illuftrious Signor Leonardo Mocenigo defir’d I fhould make the following draught + for a fpot of ground he had on the Brcnta. Four Galleries, of a quarter of a circle each, like the Arms of the Houle, feern to accoft and embrace all thofe that come towards it. The Stables are on the Tides of thefe Galleries, in the fore part, that looks to the River; and the Kitchen, with the Farmer s and Huf- bandmens Apartments, are on the back part, taking up alfo the fides. The Gallery, which is in the middle of the fore-front, is after the Pycnoftjle manner, that is to lay, that the columns are very thick,' and near one another; and becaufe thefe columns are forty foot high, they have fome pilafters behind them, that are two foot broad, and a foot and three inches thick, which fupport the floor of the upper Gallery. Further one finds a Court furrounded with Galleries after the Iomck Order. The Porticos are as broad as the Pillars are high, excepting only one diameter of a column The Galleries and the Chambers that look towards the Gardens, are alfo of the fame breadth, to the end that the Walls, which make the reparation of every Apartment, may be direbtly in the middle, to bear the weight of the roof. The firft Chambers would be very convenient Dining-rooms, if there fhould happen to be great Company in the Houle. They are of a double proportion. The Chambers on the angles are fquare, and are arch’d with a Fafcta. The import is as high as the diameter of the Chamber, and the Arches are a third part of their breadth in height. The Hall is two fquares and a half in length: columns are plac’d in, that they may make rhe length and breadth proportionable to the height ; and thefe columns fhould have been only in the. lower Hall, that the upper one might be altogether free and agreeable. The columns of the Galleries above the Court, are a fifth lefs than the lower ones, and are Corinthian. The upper Rooms are as high as they are broad. The lfairs are at the end of the Court, and go up each a contrary way to the other. With this draught I fhall, God be prais’d, finifh thefe two Books, wherein I have endeavour’d with all poflible brevity to put toge¬ ther, and to teach moft clearly, as well by Words as by Draughts, all thofe things that I have thought the moft neceffary and im¬ portant in the Art of Building well; and more particularly with refpect to private Houfes, which are to be beautiful and mag¬ nificent , convenient for the Owner, and creditable for the Buil¬ der. ‘ Plate LX. REMARK C 93 3 REMARK I know not the reafon why this plate * was not inferted by Palladio; in fome part of his Book, among his other draughts of private Houfer, fince it appears manifefly, that it comes from the fame hand with all the ref, and that tis probable it Was not defgn d for any other purpofe ; if it be not, perhaps, that the Graver did not fnijh it time enough for the Printer, as we have feen above, page 62, that the like has happen'd once before. But be this how it will, the draught deferves a place here. Tel that it may be difiinguijh d as adopted, or rather a poflhumous piece of this cur Author, I have fingularizdd it by a different Chafer, and give it ihe lafi place, to avoid breaking in upon the order of the Book: befides that this plate, with two others of the fame Author, (which are the plan and elevation of the Dorick Temple, that I referve for the conclufon of this work) were found among the ref, that were fent from Venice to Mr. de Chambray at Paris, who firfi inferted them in his French Tconflation^ from whence I took it. * Plate LXI. T he end of the fecond Books - ;-.'A •-"! i «io-- \ ,w«* • ■ V'_• -.r- V, ,-^‘v • v ' . v' • ■ i ’ rrt>££3*33& M XXXI VI IV . !( D THE ARCHITECTLTR E O F A. PALLADIO; BOOK the T H I R D. Wherein is Treated of Ways, Streets, Bridges, Squares, Bafilicas or Courts of Juftice, Xiftes or Places of Exercife, ire. The Whole Revis’d, Defign’d, and Publifh’d By GIACOMO LEONI, a Venetian; Architect to His moji Serene Highness, the Late ELECTOR PALATINE. Tranjlated from the Italian Original. LONDON , Printed for the A u t h o r. '%'r . ;i Y LT ; U f [ O . 1A1 -A ' : ■ ” 7 ■ : • omo ID . . > ! . [ * ] THE P REFA C E TO THE REA D E R. A V IN G treated as fully as may be of private Buildings, (or the Houfes and other convenien- cies belonging to particular Perfons) and having mention’d all the moft neceflaty directions that ought to be obferv’d about the fame ; having over and above this, given the defigns of fcveral of thole Houfes that have been built by my felf, whether within or without the City, and al- fo of thofe made by the Antients, according as Vitruvius lias them: ’tis highly convenient, that turning my Difcourfe to more excellent and magnificent Fabricks, 1 fhou’d now proceed to treat of publick Edifices; wherein (becaufe they confift of larger dimenfions, and that they are beautify’d with more curious Ornaments than private ones, as ferving for the ufe and con- veniency of every body) Princes have a moft ample field to fhow the World the greatnefs of their Souls, and Architects are furnilh’d with the faireft opportunity, to demonftrate their own Abilites in excellent and furprizing inventions. Wherefore, as well in this Book, in which I begin my Antiquities, as in thofe others, which (God willing) are to follow, it is my defire, that by lb much the greater application may be us’d in confidering the little I fhall fay, and the defigns I fhall give; by how much greater fatigue and longer watchings I have been reducing thofe Fragments that remain of un¬ dent Buildings into fuch a form, that I hope the lovers of Anti¬ quity may reap pleafure from the fame, and the lfudious of Archi¬ tecture receive much benefit: efpecially feeing that much more is preface ■ Wirnx i n a little time from good Examples, or Originals by mca- furing of them, and by leemg entire Editices with all their parts delcrib’d on a little piece of Paper; than can in a long time be learnt from words, by which the Reader becomes able only in Idea, and not without fome difficulty, to attain to a firm and certain knowledge of what he reads, and to bring it afterwards into practice with great fatigue. Every Perfon who is not altogether de¬ priv’d of Judgment, may very manifeftly perceive, how excellent the manner was, which the Anticnts us’d in their Buildings; feeing that after fo long a fpace of time, after fo many deftrudions and muta¬ tions of Empires, there frill remain in Italy, and out of it, thevefti- gics or ruins of fo great a number of their frately Edifices, by the means whereof we come to a certain knowledge of the Roman virtue and greatnefs, which otherwife perhaps had not been believ d- In this third Book therefore 1 fhall obferve the following method, in placing the deiigns that are contain’d in the fame. I (ball firllgive thole of Streets, High-ways, and Bridges, as being that part of Ar¬ chitecture which appertains to the Ornament of Cities and Provinces, and which lerves for the general conveniency of all lores of Men. For, as in the other Fabricks made by the Antients, it’s eafily difeover'd that they fpar’d no expence or labour, to bring them to that height of excellency, allow’d them, even by our imper¬ fection : fo they took no fmall care in the ordering of their Ways, fi milling them in inch a manner, that thereby, at this very time, may be learnt their greatnefs and magnanimity ; fince, to render them commodious and fhort, they picrc d Mountains, drain d Bogs, and built Bridges, thus making thofe PalTages ealy and plain, which were interrupted by uneven Vallies, or rapid Rivers. Next I lhall treat of Forums, or publick places (according as Vitruvius teaches us that the Greeks and Romans made them) and likewife of thofe Buildings which ought to be ereefred about fuch fquares: and fince among thefe, that place is worthy of much con- fideration, where the Judges adminifter Juftice, call’d by the An¬ tients a Bajilica, 1 lhall give the particular defignsof the fame. But fince it is not fufficient that Countries and Cities be ever lo well divided into their feveral diftrids, and regulated by moft whole- fom Laws; nor that we have Magiftrates, who, as Executors of the Laws, keep the Citizens in obedience: if Men be not alfo render d wife bv the help of Learning, and ftrong as well as healthy by the Exercife of their Bodies (fo to become capable both to govern o- thers and themfelves, and to make good defence againft thofe that wou’d opprefs them! this is the principal reafon, why the Inhabi¬ tants PREFACE. ; tants of any Country, being divided at fir ft into many litrle Can¬ tons, did afterwards unite and founded Cities. And for this rea- lon alio (as Vitruvius relates) the antient Grecians erected certain Buildings in their Cities, which they call’d Peleftras, and Xyftes, where in the Philofophers came to difpute and difeourfe about the Sciences, and. the youth exercifs’d themfelves everyday: as at certainfettimes the whole People came there together, to lee the Athletes (or Fencers and Wreftlers) play their prizes; I Ill-all therefore give the defigns of theie Edifices, and fo an end will be put to this third Book, which (hall be follow d by that of Temples for the exercife of Reli¬ gion, without which no civil policy can be polhbly maintain’d. third boo k Of Ways and Streets. H E Ways ought to bcfhort, convenient, fecure, plca- fimt, and beautiful. They will be ihort and convenient, if made in a ftrait line; and fo large, that Carriages and Horfes be no hindrance to each other when they meet: wherefore it was provided by law among the Anticnts, that where the Ways were ftrait, they fhould notbelefs than eight foot in breadth; nor lefs than fixteen, when they were crook¬ ed or winding. The Ways will be further convenient, if they are made every where equal; that is to fay, that there be no places in them where Armies may not eafily march, and that there' be no difficulty of paflage, either from Waters or Rivers: whence we read, that the Emperor Trajan, having regard to thefe two conditions (which are neceflarily requit d in all Ways; when he repair’d the moil celebrated Appian Way, which in many places was impair’d by time, he drain’d marfhy places, levell d Mountains, fill’d up Vallies, and making Bridges where it was necef- firy, he render’d travelling upon this Road ealy and expeditious. The Ways will be fecure, if made on elevated places; or if in the plain, there be, as was the manner of the Anticnts, a Ditch and Banks on each fide. and that there be no places too near, where Robbers or Enemies may conveniently hide themfelves ; fo that Strangers and Armies may in fuch ways preferve themfelves from lurprize, and readily difeover any ambufh that might be laid for them. Such Ways then, as have the three qualifications aforefaid, muff be neceflarily fine, and very agree¬ able to Paflengers; byreafon that, in the Country, their ftrait direc¬ tion, the conveniencies they bring, with the various and diftantpro- fpects they afford, muff needs alleviate a great part of the fatigue, and fill the mind with iatisfadtion and delight, prefenting always new Landfchapes Landfchapes to the Eye. In the City there cannot be a moreagfee- able fight, than a ftrait, even, and large Street, having m , lificent Houfes on each fide, and built with thole Ornaments which are mention d in the preceding Rooks. Now as in Towns, the Streets are beautity d by Buildings; fo in the Country are the Ways adorn’d h Y Tiees, which, being planted on both fides, delight our minds by their verdure, and highly refrefh us with their [bade. Of luch forts of Ways out of the City, there are many in the Vtcentine .- and among the reft thole are famous which are at Cicogna, the Villa of Count Ed¬ ward Tbiene, and at Qmnto, the Villa of Count Octavio of the fame Family, which having been directed by me, were afterwards beautify’d and adorn d by the diligence and indullry of the laid Gentlemen. The Ways made in this manner afford numberlefs Conveniencies, be- caule that by reafon of their being ftrait, and fomewhat higher than the reltof the ground (always fpeakingof thole in the Country) the Enemy may be difcover’d afar off, as I faid before, in time of War, whereby a Commander is at liberty to take the relolution he thinks molt fitting: befides that at other times great profit arifes from their fhortnefs andeafinefs, by reafon of the Bufinefs and Traffick that is cany d on by them. But becaufe all Ways are either within or with¬ out the City, I lhall firfl particularize the qualifications requisite in thole within the City, and next how thofe lhould be made that are without. Yet feeing that military Ways are one thing, and non¬ military another, the firfl being fuch as pals through the midil of the City, that lead from one ( ity to another, that ferve for the common life of all Paflengers, for Carriages to drive, or Armies to march; and the fecond being fuch as iflue out of the other, lead¬ ing from one military way to another, or are made for the ufe and conveniency of fome particular Villa: I lhall in the following Chap¬ ters treat of the military Ways only, quite omitting the non-mili¬ tary, becaufe thefe ought to be regulated according to thofe; and that the more like to them they are, the more commendable they will be. V O L. II. C CHAP. cn .—.t A v-t* df a--- . v“- i--- “-*- .is. •£'. The pieces of Timber, two foot thick every way, which made the breadth of the Bridge, which was forty foot. E. One of thofe pieces by it felf. ' F. The Braces, which being open, or divided the one from the others and bound contrariwif e {that is to fay, one in the inner part, and the other in the outer part ; one above, and another under the pieces two foot thick. Which made the breadth of the Bridge) did fo ftrengthen the whole work, that the greater the force of the water, or the hea. vier any weight was upon the Bridge j the more it united, and the firmer it became. G. Is one of the braces or ties by it felf. H. The pieces of c T‘,mhcr l«iJ the length of the Bridge, and which were cover'd with Poles and Hurdles. I. Thepofts below the Bridge, which leaning againfi * and join'd to the vhole work, refiftedthe violence of the Jlream. K- The pofis above the Bridge to defend it, Jhotild the Enemy let down the river trees or vejfels to defiroy it. E. Two of thofe pieces of timber, which, join d togeeher, food in the river, not perpendicularly, but leaning. M. The head of the pieces which made the breadth of the Bridge. CHAP. VII. Of the Bridge on the Cifmone. HE Cifmone is a River, which defeending from the Mountains that divide Italy from Germany, enters into the Brent a a little a- bove Bajfano j and as well becaufe it is moll: rapid, as that the Mountaneers fend down by it great quantities of Timber, arefolution was taken to make a Bridge over it: yet without fixing any polls in the Water, becaufe they were fhaken and worn by the violence of the ftream, and by the Stones and the Trees which it continually roul’d down; whence Count Giacomo Angaranno, who is Lord of the Bridge, was under the neceility of renewing it every year. * The invention of this Bridge is, in my opinion, well worth taking notice of, becaufe it may be lerviceable wherever the faid difficulties occur; and further, I i V p J Flap III. becaufe [ *6 ] becaufe Bridges fo made arefolid, beautiful, and convenient: folid, becaufe all their parts mutually fupport each other; beautiful, becaule the Carpenter’s work is very agreeable; and convenient, becaufe they are plain, and in the fame line with the reft of the way. The River, where this Bridge Hands, is a hundred foot broad. This breadth is di¬ vided into fix equal parts, and at the end of each part (except at the Banks, which are fortify’d with two folid butmcnts of Stone) are plac’d the beams which make the bed and breadth of the bridge ; upon which leaving a little fpace at their extremities, are laid other beamsTongwife, which make the fides of the Bridge. Over thefe, plumb with the firll, are difpos’d on the one and the other fide the Collonelli or little pillars ; as we vulgarly call thole pieces, which, in fuch works, are fet up an end. Thefe little Pillars are faften’d to the beams (which, asl faid, make the breadth of the Bridge) with Iron-cramps, made to pals thro a hole or¬ der’d for this purpofe in the heads of the laid beams, in that part which advances beyond the pieces that m.il-r the fides. Thefe Cramps, be¬ caufe they are in the upper part along the faid ftrait and plain Pillars per¬ forated in feveral places, and in the under part near to the thick beams we mention’d, and with one hole fufficiently big, went into the Pillars, and faften’d again below with little Bars orPins of Iron made for this purpofe. Hence the whole work becomes in a manner united, To that the beams which make the breadth of the Bridge, and thofe of the fides, are as it were one piece with the Pillars; and the Pillars thus come to fupport the beams which make the breadth, as thefe again are fupported by the arms which reach from one Pillar to another. In this manner all the parts mutually fupport each other, and their nature becomes fuch, that the greater weight there is on the Bridge, fo much the falter do they clofe together, and increafe the ftrength of the work. All the faid arms, and other pieces of Timber that make up the body of the Bridge, are no more than a foot in breadth, nor in thicknefs more than three fourths. But thofe pieces which make the bed of the Bridge, that is fuch as are laid longwife, are a great deal fmal- ler. A. The elevation of the flank of the Bridge. B. The folid Stone-work agatnfi each Bank. C. The heads of the beams that go acrofs, or make the breadth of the Bridge. D. The beams that make the fides. E The Collonelli or Pillars, making the rails of the Bridge. F The heads of the Cramps, with the pins of Iron. G. The braces, which bearing contrary to each other, fupport the whole work. H. The bottom of the River. I. The [ J 7 ] I. The plan of the Bridge. K. The beams that go acrofs, and advance beyond thefides, near which fides arc the holes for the cramps. L. The [mail beams which comer the bed of the Bridge. CHAP. VIII. Of three other inventions, according to which wooden bridges may be made without fixing any pofis in the Water. j? ,;V ^ | ^ G !'• S of Wood may be built without any Polls in the i-'.’. t.IJ ^ atcr > like that on the Cifmone, after three other ways, where- i- ■ ol I would not fail giving the defigns, btcaule they are of a very fine contrivance: and lb much the more, that they will be eafily undeillood by every one who has learnt the terms made ufe of in the Bridge on the Cifmone, lince thefe Bridges likewile confift of beams laid acrofs, of pillars, of braces, of cramps, and of beams laid long- wile, which make the lides. Now Bridges, according to the firft in¬ vention + , are made thus. Having fortify’d the Banks with folid hut¬ ments as far as requilitc, at a little dillance from them mull be laid one of the beams which make the breadth of the Bridge, and then upon it mull be dilpos’d the beams which make thefides, which with one of their heads are to lay upon the bank, and be made fall to the fame. Then upon thefe, plum with the beam laid for the breadth, mull be plac d the Collonelli, or Pillars, which are to be fatten’d into the laid beams with cramps of Iron, and fupported by the braces well fix’d in the head of the Bridge, that is, in the beams which make thefides, upon the bank. Afterwards leaving as much fpace, as fhall be left by the laid beam for the breadth, to the bank, you mutt lay the other beam for the breadth, which ihall be in the fame manner fatten’d to the beams, which are to be laid over it lengthwife, and alfo to the pillars, as the pillars will be fupported by their braces. And thus mutt it be done from one end to the other, or as far as it will be neceflary, obferv- mg always in fuch Bridges, that in the midll of the breadth there be a pillar whole braces fhall meet over-againft one another, and in the upper part mutt be put other beams, which reaching from one pillar to another, will keep them united, and (together with the braces plac d in the head of the Bridge) they will make a por- * Plate IV. VOL II, F tion [ 18 3 non of a circle lefs than a lemicircle. Thus making every brace bear up its pillar, and every pillar the crofs beam and thofe that make the fides, every part bears its own weight. Such Bridges are large at their heads, and grow narrow towards the middle of their length. There is none of this fort in Italy ; but difcourfing with Mefler Alexander Ptche- rom of Mirandola, he told me that lie law one in Germany. A. The upright of the flank of the K. The plan of the bridge Bridge. B. The heads of the beams which make the breadth of it. C. The beams which are laid longwife. D. The pillars. E. The braces, which being made fift in the beams of the length, fipport the pillars T. The beams that bind one pillar to the other, reaching between them, and making a portion of a circle. G. The hutments upon each bank. Id. The heads ofl the iron pins. I. The bottom of the river. The flrfl beams, which at one head arefup ported by the bank, and at the other by the flrfl crofs beam. M. The fecond beams, which are borne up by the flrfl and fecond beams of the breadth. N. The third beams, borne up by the fecond and third beams of the breadth. O. Crofs beams, which make the bed of the bridge. P. After thefe follow the beams which make the breadth, borne up (as I faid ) by the pillars to which they are faftend, and the pillars ftp- ported by their braces. The invention of the * following Bridge has the upper part, which fupports the whole weight, made of a portion of a circle lefs than a femi- circle; and has the braces which go from one pillar to another fo made, that they crofs each other in the midft of the fpace between the pillars. The beams which make the ground or bottom of the Bridge, are faften’d to the pillars by cramps, -as in the former invention For a greater ftrength two beams may be added at each end of the Bridge, which being fo faften’d in the pilafters at one end of their heads, come leaning with the other head under thefirft pillars, becaufe fuch would help much to bear up the weight of the Bridge. A. The upright of the Bridge head, help to hear up the weight: in flank. F. The braces which ferve as B. The beams which make the rails to the Bridge, fules of the Bridge. G. The pillars. C. The heads of the beams which make the breadth. D. The heads of the iron pins. E. The beams, which plac’d under the Bridge at each H. The hutments againjl each bank. I. The bottom of the river. K. The bed of the Bridge. ' Platt V. Bridges [ J 9 ] Bridges of this + laft invention may be made with a greater or a letter Arch than what is fhewn by the draught, according as {hall be found neceflary from the quality of the fituation, and the greatnefs of the River. The height of the Bridge, in which are the rails or braces that go from one pillar to another, will be the eleventh part of the breadth of the River. All the radii or lines of the pillars mull: correfpond to the center, which will make the work very ftrong; and the pillars will bear up the beams laid athwart and along the Bridge, as in the fore¬ going ones. The Bridges of thefe four kinds may be made as much in length as occafion lhall require, but all their parts muft be made proportionably greater. A The upright of the Bridge in flank. B. Its bottom or bed. C. The pillars. D. The braces 1V 111 clo ftfpporf- the' pillars. E. The heads of the beams, whirl make the breadth of the Bridge. R The heads of the Iron pins. G. The buttre/fes agawfl eacl bank- H. The bottom of the river. C H A P. IX. Of the Bridge of Baflano. EAR Bajfano, a place at the foot of the Alps which feparatc Italy from Germany, I have order’d the wooden Bridge that follows f over the Brenta, a moft rapid River, that empties it felf into the Sea near Venice, and was call’d by the antients Meduacus, to which (as Livy relates in his firllDecad) Cleonymus the Spartan came with a Fleet before the Trojan'llax. This River, in the place where the Bridge is built, is in breadth one hundred and eighty foot. This breadth is divided into five equal parts, becaufe the two banks be¬ ing well fortify’d with beams of Oak and Laiix, there were four rows of piles plac’d in the River, diftant every row from another thirty four foot and a half; each of thefe rows confift of eight piles thirty foot long, a foot and a half thick every way, and two foot diftant front each other: whence the whole length of the Bridge came to be divided into five fpaces, and its breadth to be twenty fix foot. Over thefe rows of piles were plac’d Joyfts, long in proportion to the laid breadth (thole Joyfts fo plac’d are vulgar¬ ly call’d crofs-pieces) which being fatten’d into the Piles fix’d in the * Plate VI. t Plate VII. River, [ 2° ] River, keep them all join’d and united together. Over thefe crofs pieces, plum to the faid Joyfts, were plac’d eight other Joyfts, accord¬ ing to the length of the Bridge, and reaching from one row to the other: and by reafon that the diftance between thefe rows is very great, whence the Joyfts laid longwife might difficultly bear any very great weight that fbould come over them, there were plac’d between thele and the crofs pieces certain beams, that lerve as fhouldering pieces to bear part of the weight. Befides this, there were other beams, which being made fait m thole Piles that flood in the River, and leaning one towards the other, came to be join’d to another beam plac’d in the middle of the laid diftance under each of the beams of the length. Thefe leaning beams lo order d reprefent a portion of a circle, riling the fourth part oi its diame¬ ter. And thus the work becomes beautiful as to its form, and ftrong withal, by reafon the beams, which make the length of the Bridge, come to be double in the midft. Over thefe, and acrofs them, are put other beams, which make the bed or bot¬ tom of the Bridge, proje&ing their heads a little beyond the reft of the work, and they appear like the modilions of a Cornice. On the one and the other fide-beams of the Bridge are plac’d the Pillars which fupport the roof, and make it ferve for a Gallery; all which render the whole work molt convenient and beautiful. A- The upright of the Flank of the Bridge. B. The rows of Piles Jlanding in the Water. C. The heads of the crofs pieces. D. The beams which make the length of the Bridge, and over which may he feen the heads of the joyfts that make the ground of it. E. 'The beams, which leaning towards each other, go to unite them- felves with other beams plac'd in the middle of the diftance between the rows of Piles, whence in that place the beams come to be double. F. The Pillars that fupport the roof G. The elevation and feclionof one end of the Bridge. H. The plan of the rows of Piles with their fpurs, keeping the faid Piles from being hurt by the Timber that floats down the River. 1 The fcale of fixty foot, by which the whole work is meafur d. K. The furface of the JVater. CHAP. [ 21 ] CHAP. X Of Bridges of Stone , and what ought to he obfervd in the building of them. T firft men made Bridges of Wood, as having a regard only to their prefent necellity : but when they begun to think of immortalizing their names, and that their minds were' enlarg’d by riches, and furnifh’d with conveniencies for attempting greater matters, they begun alfo to make Bridges of Stone; which are more durable and expenfive, as well as more glorious for the Builders of them. In fuch Bridges four things are to be chiefly confider’d, viz s. the heads, which are made at the banks; the piles, or pilafters, which are founded in the River; the arches, fupported by thele pilafters ; and the pave¬ ment made over the arches. The heads of Bridges ought to be made the molt firm and folid that can be; fince they not only ferve to Tup- port the weight of the arches, as do the other pilafters, but that more¬ over they keep the whole Bridge together, and keep the arches from cracking or opening. For this reafon they are made where the banks are of Stone, or at leaft of folid Earth: and there beine no banks of earth naturally folid enough for this purpofe, they mnft be made ftrong and firm by art, adding other arches or buttrefles; fo that if the bank lllould happen to be deftroy’d by the wau i yet the way to the Bridge might not be interrupted The pilafters, '-'chare to be made according to the largenefs of the River, ought to t .' an even number; as well becaufe we fee that nature has produc d from this number all thofe things, which, confiftingof more than one part, are to bear any weight, as the feet of men and all other animals may con¬ vince us: as likewife becaufe fuch a compartment is more beautiful to look upon, and renders the work ftronger, fince the courfe of the river in the middle (in which place it is naturally moft rapid for being fartheft from the banks) is thus free, and does not endamage the pilaf¬ ters by continually fhaking them. The pilafters therefore ought to be fo comparted, as to fall into that part of the river where the ftream is leaft rapid. The greateft courfe of the water is, where thofe things come together that fwim upon it, which at the riling of floods is moft eafily difeern’d. The foundations of Bridges mull: be made at the time of the year when the waters are loweft, which is in V o l. II. G autumn: [ 22 ] autumn: and if the bottom of the River be of Stone, or Gravel- ftone, or any loft Stone, which (as I laid in the firll Book) is a fort of Earth which is partly Stone, you have the foundations made to your hand, without any fatigue of digging, becaule thefe arc excellent foundations by nature. But if the bottom of the River be of Sand or Gravel, you mull dig in the lame till you come to folid ground: or if this illould prove a difficult task, you mult dig pretty deep in the Sand or Gravel, and then you mull thruft in piles of Oak, which, with the iron whereby their points are to be arm’d, will reach the folid and firm ground. To lay the foundation of the pilafters, one part only of the bed of the River ought to be enclos’d from the Water, and then to build there, that, the other part being left open, the Water may have its free courfe; and fo to proceed from part to part. The pi¬ lafters ought not to be lefs in dimenlion, than the fixth part of the breadth of the arch ; nor, ordinarily (peaking, greater than a fourth. They ought to be made of great Stones, which are to be join d to¬ gether with cramps and bars of iron, faften’d with Leadthat by fuch ligaments they may be, as it were, all of one piece. The fronts of the pilafters, or the fide that faces the ltream, are wont to be made angular, that is, that they terminate in a right angle; and fometimes they are made femicircularly, to the end they may divide or break the Water, and that fuch things as are impetuoufly brought down the River, linking againft them, may be mov'd from the pi¬ lafters, and pafs thro the middle of the arch. The arches ought to be made very firm and ftrong, and with great Stones well jointed to¬ gether, that they may be able to refill the continual palling of carriages, and refill any weight that lllall happen to come over them. Thofe are the ftrongeft of all arches, which confill of a femicircle, becaufethey entirely reft upon the pilafters, without prefling each other: but if by reafon of the nature of the fituation, and the difpofition of the pilafters accordingly, a period femicircle fllould not be convenient, as rendring the afeent and defeent difficult, we mull then makeufeof a leflfer fedlion, making fuch arches as rife only the third part of their diameter; and, in this cafe, the foundations on the banks mull be made extremely ftrong. The pavement of thefe Bridges ought to be made in the very lame manner with thofe of Ways and Streets, whereof we have treated above. And now having feen what is to be confider’din general about building Stone Bridges, ’tis time we pro¬ ceed to particular draughts and defigns. CHAP C *3 3 CHAP. XL Of ccy tain famous Bridges built by the Antients, with the draughts of the Bridge of Ariminum. ANY Bridges were built by the Antients in divers places; but in Italy, and cfpecially on the Tyler, there were abun¬ dance ; whereof fome may be feen yet entire, and of others remain only the antient veftiges. Thofe which are to be fall feen en¬ tire on the Tyber, are that oi the Caftle of St. Angelo, formerly call'd the Elian Bridge, from the Emperor Elms Adrianus, who built here bis own Sepulchre: The Fabrician Bridge, built by Fabricius, now call’d Four-head Bridge, or Ponto quattro capi, from the four heads o{Janus, or of four Termini which are plac’d on the left hand as you go on this Bridge, by which the liland of the Tyber is join’d to the City: The Cejtian Bridge, at this day the Bridge of St. Bartholomew, which from the other fide of the Ifland palTcs to Tranftevere, or over Tyber: The Bridge call’d Senatorio from the Senators, and Palatino from the neighbouring Hill, made of ruftick work, and now call’d the Bridge of St. Mary. But the Bridges, whereof only the antient remains are to be feen in the Tyber, are the Sublician Bridge, nam’d alio the Lepi- dan Bridge, from Emilius Lepidus, who, from having been firft ofwood, made it of Stone, and was near Kip a: The Triumphal Bridge, whofe pilafters are to be feen over-againft the Church of the Holy Ghofi .• The faniculan Bridge, fo call’d from its vicinity to mount jamculus, which, becaufe repair’d by Pope Sixtus the fourth, is now call’d Ponte Sijio and the Milvtan Bridge, now call’d Ponte molle, in the Flaminian way, a little lefs than two miles dilfcmt from Rome, and retaining of its antient form only the foundations. It is laid to have been built in the time of Sylla, by Marcus Scaurus the Cenfor. There are likewife to be feen the ruins of a Bridge built by Augufius, of ruftick work, upon the Vera, a molt rapid River near Narnt: and upon the Metaurus, at Calgi in Vmbria, is feen another, which is likewife of ruftick work, with cer¬ tain counterworks on the banks at each end of it, which make it ex¬ ceeding ltrong, and fupporting the Road. But among all the famous Bridges, that is recorded as a miracle which Caligula made from Pu- teoh to Bain, in the middle of the Sea, almoft three miles long; and ’tis faid that he laid out upon it all the revenues of the Empire Extraordinary great, and moft deferving admiration, was that Bridge I ; if iwjf - il II [ 2 4 3 built over the Danube in Tranfihanta, and on which were read thefe words; PRO VIDE NT IA AVGVSTI VERE PON- T IF I C IS VIRTVS RO MAN A QfV ID NON DO- MED? SVBfVGOR ECCE RAPIDUs D ANU- BIUS. This Bridge was afterwards ruin’d by Adrian, that the Bar¬ barians might not come over it to plunder the Roman Provinces; and its pilafters are yet to be feen in the midft of the River. But feeing, of all the Bridges that I have obferv’d, that appears to me to be the fineft, and the moil: worthy of confideration (as well for theftrength as the compartment of it) which was built at Anminum, a City of the Flammmn Tribe, and as I believe, by Auguftus Cefar, I have given the ’draughts of it, which are thofe that follow. It is divided into five arches, whereof the three middlemoft are equal, being 2 5 foot in breadth; and the two next the banks are lefs, being only 20 foot. All thefe arches confift of a femi-circle, and the depth of their Archivolte is a tenth part of the light or void of the greater, and an eight part of a li°ht of the lefler ones- The pilaftets are in thicknefs a little more than the half of the light of the greater arches. The angle of the fpurs, that cut the water, is a right angle: which, as I ob- lerve, the Antients follow’d in all their Bridges, becaufe it is much ftronger than the acute angle; and therefore lefs expos’d to be ruin’d by Trees, or any other matter, that comes down with the ftream. Plum over the pilafters, there are, onthefides of the Bridge, fome niches, wherein there muft have been formerly Statues. Over thefe niches, quite the length of theBridge, is a Cornice, which altho it be plain, adds neverthelcfs a moft agreeable ornament to the work. A. The Cornice, -which is oner C. The bottom of the River. the niches, quite the length of D. A fcale of 30' foot, by which the Bridie. the whole work is meafur d. 6 ] of thus there would have been fix ranges. Befides this, there were to have been made galleries at each head of the Bridge, and in the middle over the great arch, wherein the Merchants Ihould keep their Exchange, and which would have occafion’d no lefs ornament than convenience. The going to the galleries at the heads fhould have been by fome few fteps, and level with thefe would be the ground, or pavement of the reli of the Bridge. It ought not to appear ftrange or new, that galle¬ ries fhould be made over Bridges, fince the Elian Bridge at Rome, whereof we fpokeinits proper place, was antiently all cover’d with gal¬ leries, having columns of brafs, with Statues, and other admirable ornaments: befides that upon this occafion, for the reafons mention’d already, it was almoft neceflary to make galleries- The felt-lame order and rules are obferv’d in the proportions of the pilafters and the arches, that have been obferv’d in the other Bridges aforegoing, and every one may eafily find them himfelf The parts of the Plan. A. The beautiful and large ftrect made in the middle of the breadth of the Bridge. D. The galleries at each head of the Bridge. E. The fteps that lead up tothofe galleries. B. The lejfter Jireets on the ftdes. C. The J.hops on the outfide over the river. F. The galleries in the middle, o- ver the great arch of the Bridge. The parts of the elevation correfpond to thofe of the plan, and therefore are eafily underftood without any further explication. G. The elevation of the Jhops fronting all the three ways H. The lines of the water s furface. I. Aprofpett of the ways leading to the fmall flairs of the Bridge. A, B, B. CHAP. XIV. Of another Bridge of my invention. r ” EIN G requefted by fome Gentlemen to give them my opi¬ nion about a Bridge which they intended to build of Stone, I made the following draught * for them- The river, at the place where the Bridge was to be built, is one hundred and eighty foot broad. I divided this whole breadth into three arches, and made that in the middle fixty foot broad, as each of the others forty eight. The pilafters which govern and fupport the arches were twelve foot * PUtt XI. thick, t thick, and fowere a fifth part of the middle arch, and a fourth of the Idler ones. On this occafion I fomewhat vary’d from the common mealures of piiafters, making them very thick, and to jut very far from the body of the Bridge; that they might the better refill the force of the river, which is extremely rapid, and alfo refill the Stones and Trees which roul down with the llream. The arches were to have been a portion of a circle lefs than a femicircle, that the afcent andde- lcent or the Bridge might be plain and eafy. I made the Archivolte of the arches a feventeenth part of the void of the middle arch, and a four¬ teenth of the other two. This Bridge might have been adorn’d with niches over the piiafters, and with Statues; as there might reign a cor¬ nice the whole length of it on each fide, which the antients are known to lave done fometimes, as in the Bridge of Ariminum made by Am- guflus Cefar, the draughts of which are given above. A. The fuperficies of the water. D. The fcale of forty foot, by B. The bottom of the river. which the whole work ismea- C. The ftones that jut out, for fur'd. the ufes above-mention d. CHAP. XV. Of the Bridge of Vicenza, that is over the Rerone. H E other antient * Bridge, which, as 1 faid before, is in Vi- cenz^a over the Rerone, is vulgarly call’d it ponte belle beccarie, or the Butchers's Bridge, becaufeit is near the greateftfham- bles of the City. This Bridge lublifts entire, and differs little from that on the Bacchiglione for this is likewife divided into three arches, whereof the middlemoft is larger than any of the other two. All thefe arches are a portion of a circle lei's than a femicircle, and have no orna¬ ments at all. The Idler ones rife above their impoft the third of their breadth, and that in the middle a little lefs. The piiafters are in thick- nefs the fifth part of the diameter of the Idler arches, and have at their extremities, under the imports of the arches, the Stones that jut out for the ufes before-mentioned. Both the one and the other of thefe Bridges are made of CoJloz,a Stone, which is a foft Stone, and is faw d like wood. Of the fame proportions with thefe two ztVicen&a are four in Padua, three of which have only three arches; and they are the Bridge of Altina, that ofSt Laurence, and that which is call’d Ponte- * Plate XII. corvo. C 28 3 ccrvo, or Raven-Bridge: the fourth, which is call’d Pontemolmo, or Mill-Bridge, has five arches- I11 all thefe Bridges it is to be obfervd, that the greateft care has been taken to join well the Stones, which, asl have often advis’d, is abfolutely necefiary mail buildings. A. The fide of the Bridge■ C- Filafters orlmttreffes at each B. Projecting Stones to hear the hank- centers oft'be arches. D- Scale of forty foot, with which this Bridge was meafur d. CHAP. XVI. Of the chief Squares, Markets, and open places of a ' City, and the Edifices that ought to be made about them. pilp ESIDES the Streets, of which we have treated above, it is alfo j 7 b V requifite that there be diftributed in Cities, proportionably to Lw ’:. *; their extent, greater or leffer Squares, or open places, where People may come together to treat about their ufeful and neceflary af- fairs. But fincefuch places may be deftin’d to different purpofes, lo a proper and convenient lituation ought to be affign d to each ot them.' The leaving thole great and open places in a City, over and above the forelaid conveniencies of walking, difcourfing, and bar¬ gaining, brings withal very great ornament along with it; as when there is at the head of a Street a beautiful and fpacious place, from which you have the profpect of fome fine Building, and efpecially of fome Church. As it would be advantageous to have feveral fuch places in different parts of the City, fo it is much more neceffary, as well as ho¬ nourable and magnificent, that there be one principal Square, which may truly deferve the name of a publick place. Thefe principal Squares ought to have dimenfions in proportion to the number of the Peoples that they may be neither too fmall for their ufes and conveniencies, or that being too great, the place may not feem uninhabited. In mari¬ time Cities they ought to be made near the haven, and in inland Cities about the middle of the lame, that the Citizens may conveniently come to them from all parts. They ought to be defign’d after the man¬ ner of the antients. Round thefe Squares fhould be large porticos in proportion to the height of their columns ; the ule of which is to avoid Rain, Snow, and every injury we may receive from the Air or the Sun. But all the Edifices built round them, ought not to be (according to Alberti ) higher than the third part of the breadth of the Square, nor [ 2 9 3 nor lower than thefixth. To the porticos there mult be an afcent by Heps, which are to rife the filth part of the height of the co¬ lumns. Squares receive extraordinary beauty from arches created at the entrance into them, that is, at the head of the Streets that go out of them. How fuch arches fhou’d be built, why they were antiently made, and whence denominated Triumphal, I fhall fhew at large in my Book of Arches, where the draughts of many of them will be found; and whereby great light will be imparted to thole who would at this time, or hereafter, erebt fuch arches to the ho¬ nour ol Princes, Kings, and Emperors. But to return to the principal Squares, to thefe Ought to be join’d the Prince’s Palace, or that for the meeting of the States, as the Country is either a Mo¬ narchy or a Republick. The Exchequer or the publick Treafury, where the Money and Treafure of the publick is lodg’d, ought to join them likewife, as well as the Prifons. Thefe latter were anti- cntly of three forts; one for fuch as were debauch’d and immodelf, who were detain’d there till they were reform'd, and which we now allign to Fools or mad Folks: another was for Debtors, which is al¬ io in ufe among us: and the third was for Traitors and other wicked Perfons, either already condemn’d or to be condemn’d Thefe three forts are fufficient, fiuce all the faults of Men proceed either from immodelty, or contumacy, or perverfity. The Exchequer and the Prifons ought to be lituated in very fecure places, furround- ed with high Walls, and guarded again If the violence or treachery of the feditious Inhabitants. The Prifons in particular ought to be built healthy and convenient, becaufe they are ordain’d for the fate cullody, and not for the punifhment or execution of the wicked or any other fort of delinquents. Wherefore the Walls of them fhou’d be made in the middle with great Stones, bound to¬ gether vith cramps, and faltenings of Iron or Copper, and then be lin’d on both lides with Bricks: for in fo doing the humidity of the Stones will not render the Prifon unhealthy, nor the Walls lofe any of their ftrength. Palfages ought to be made round them, and the Apartments of the Keepers be near at hand; that if thePri- foners contrive any thing, it may be quickly perceiv’d. Befides the Exchequer and the Prifons, the Senate and Council-houfe, where matters of State are tranfabled, fhou’d join the great fquare. The Senate-houfe ought to be fpacious, proportionably to the dignity and number of the Inhabitants. If it be fquare, the height mull exceed the breadth of it by near one half; but if it be oblong, it mull be half as high to the roof, as the length and the breadth put together. In the middle of the height ought to be made large V o L. II. I cornifhes [ 3 ° 3 cornifhes projecting from the Walls; to the end that the voice of thofe c. ho debate may not be dilated in the height of the room, but, being reflected back, may the better reach the ears of the auditors. On the fide of the Square that is towards the warmed region of Heaven, lllould be made the Bafilica, or the fabrick for the Courts of Juftice, whither a great part of the People refort, efpecially People of bufinefs; but I fMldii'courfe particularly of the Bafilicas, after I have fhewn how the Greeks and tire Romans made their Squares, and that 1 have given the draugh. T each CHAP. XVII. Of the Squares or Agora’s of the Greeks. H E Greeks (as we are inform’d by Vitruvius in thefirftC hap- M ver of his fifth Book) made the * open places in their Cities of a fquare form, encomp fling them with ample and double porticos, and thick columns; that is to fay, diftant from each other a . ..meter and a half of a column, or at the molt two diameters. or levs were as broad as the columns were long; fo that by rea- for if th:i. tin double, the place for walking was as fpacious o t ce tit t length of a column, which made it very convenient. Ov.r the frtt columns (which, regard being had to the place where they flood, inuft, in my opinion, have been Corinthian) were other columns, a fo irth part lefs than the fil'd. Thefe had under them a C rridorof the eight that convenience requir’d: becaule thefe upper porticos were likewife deftin’d for walking and difeourliug, and for per- fons to Hand commodioufly in them to behold any fhows that might be exhibited in the Square, either out of devotion or pleafure. All thcle porticos muff ofcourfe have been adorn’d with niches and llatucs, fince the Greeks us’d to be highly delighted with luch decorations. Near to thefe Squares were the Bajilica, the Senate-houfe, the Prifons, and all the other places we mention’d above: tho Vitruvius, when he teaches how they ought to be built, does not name that place for them. More¬ over, becaufe (as he fays in the feventh Chapter of his firft Book) the Antientsus’d to build near their Squares the Temples conlecrated to Mercury and Ifis, as being Gods preiidingoverTraffick and Merchan¬ dize , and that in Pola a City of Ifiria there arc to be feen two Temples ; i the great Square, wholly like one another in form, bignefs, and • n ■- xiu. ornaments: no Ornaments: I have inferted them in the following draught On each fide of , rhe Here follow the plan and the elevation, of which* wtn all their particular members, you’ll fee a more diltinct account in my Book of Temples. A- The Square, Agora, or great place. B The double porticos. C. The Bafilica, where thejudges had their tribunals. D. The temple of Ifis. E. The temple of Mercury. F. The Senate-houfe. G. A portico and fmall court be¬ fore the treafury. H. A portico and fmall court be¬ fore the pnfons. I. 1 he gate of the hail, from which people paft into the Senate-houfe. K- Pajfages round the Senate- houfe, by which people came■ to the porticos of the fquare, L. The turning or corners of the porticos of the Square. M. The turning of the porticos on the mfide. N. The plan of the walls of the little courts of the temple O. Paffages round the Exchequer and the Senate-houfe. The elevation that is on the back of the plan *, is of one part of the Square. Q Half of the breadth of the por¬ tico towards the Square. CHAP. XVIII. Of the Squares and Forums, or open places and Markets of the Romans. Romans and the other Italians (as Vitruvius affirms in the ||AJ1 place above quoted) departing from the ufage of the Greeks, tfasS ma de their f Squares longer than they were broad 5 fo that dividing the length into three parts, two of them made the breadth: becaufe the fpeHacle of the gladiators being exhibited in thefe places, this figure was more convenient for their purpole than a perfedl Square : for which reafon likewife they made the inter-columnation of the porticos, that went round the Square, of two diameters and a quar¬ ter of a column, or even of two diameters, that the view of the People might not be hinder’d by the thicknefs of the columns The porticos were as broad as the columns were high, and under them were the Bankers and Goldfmiths fhops. The upper columns were a fourth part lefs than the under ones; becaufe, as I have taught in my firft Book, all pieces below, confidering the weight * Platt XIV. t Platt XV. that I iii t 3* 3 that they bear, ought to be ftronger than thofe above. In that part which fronted the warmeft region of heaven, they plac’d the Baft lica ; which I have mark’d in the draughts of thole Squares in the length of two Squares, and the porticos round the infide are broad a third part of the middle fpace. Their columns are as long as the por¬ ticos are large, and maybe made of what order one pleafes. On the fide fronting the north I have plac’d the Senate-houfe, a fquareanda half in length. The height of it is half its breadth and length put to¬ gether. This Curia or Senate-houfe (as I faid above) was the place where the Senate met to confult about affairs of State. A. tVindmg flairs, open in the middle, and leading to the upper parts. B A paffage by which people en¬ ter’d into the porticos of the Square. C. Porticos, and a little court on one fide the Bafilica. D. E, Places for the Bankers, and the moft reputable Trades of the City. F. Places for the Secretaries, where were repofited the de¬ liberations and refolutions of the Senate. G. H. I K The Prifons. The turning or corners of the porticos of the Square The entrance into the Bafili¬ ca, or Courts of fuftice, by one fide. . The turning of the porticos of the little Courts on one fide of the Bafilica. The elevation that follows * on a larger fc-ale, is a part of the porticos of the Square. L. Half of the breadth of the portico towards the Square. CHAP. XIX. Of the antient Bafilicas, or Courts of Juftice. H E S E places f were antiently call’d Bafilicas, where the judges attended to do juftice under covert, and where fometimes great and important affairs were tranlacled: whence we read, that the Tribunes of the People caus’d to be taken away a column that interrupt¬ ed their benches, from the Bafilica Portia ; which was at Rome near the Temple of Romulus and Remus, and is now the Church of St. Cofimus and Damianus. Of all the antient Bafilicas that was the moft celebrated, and reckon’d one of the wonders of the City, which Paulus Emilius built between the Temples ot Saturn and Eaufitna-, and upon which he ex¬ pended a thoufand five hundred talents bellow'd on him by Cefiar, which * Plate XVI. t Plate XVII. amount, C 33 3 amount, as well as we can compute, to nine hundred thoufand Crowns. Bafilicas then ought to be join’d to the Square, as I have obferv’d in thofe already mention’d, both which flood in the Roman Forum, and were turn’d to the warmeft region of Heaven: that the People of bu- finefs, and thofe who were at Law, might come together in the fpring time, and continue there conveniently. In breadth they ought to be no lefs than a third part of their length', nor more than the half; I mean if the fituation of the place permits it, and that you are not forc’d to change the meafures of your compartment. Of no fuch antient Edifice is there the leaft veftige remaining : wherefore, following the directions of Vitruvius about them in the place before-menti¬ oned, I have made the following draughts * ; in which the Bafilica in the middle paat of it, that is, within the columns, is in length two fquares. The porticos that are on the fides, and at the end of the entry, are in breadth a third part of the middle fpace. The co¬ lumns are as high as the porticos are large, and may be made of what order you will. I have made no portico in the end oppolite to the entrance, becaule, in my opinion, it would be better to have there a great nich, made of a portion of a circle lefs than a femi- circle, where might Hand the Prators Tribunal, or that of the Judges, if there be many; as there fhou’d be an afeent to it by fleps, that it might have the more of Majefty and Grandeur. I deny not in the mean time, but the porticos might reach quite round, as I have done in the defigns of thole Bafilicas, which are in the draughts of the fquares. You go along the porticos to the flairs, which are on each fide of the faid nich, and leading you to the upper porticos. Thcfe upper ones have their columns a fourth part lefs than thofe below. The corridor which is between the upper and the lower columns, ought to be in height a fourth part lefs than the length of the upper columns; that they, who are about their bufinefs in the upper porticos, may not be feen by thofe who are bufy below iii the Bafilica. The foremen- tion d Vitruvius made a Bafilica at Fano, with other compartments, which, according to the proportions he gives of it in the place above quoted, muft have been an Edifice of great beauty and magnificence. I had inferted the draughts of it here, but that the moft reverend Barbaro has with the greatefl induftry done it in his Vitruvius. A. The entrance into the Bafilica. D. The flairs that lead to the B. The nich for the tribunal over upper parts, againfl the entrance. E. Houfes of Office. B. The porticos round the Bafilica. ' Plate XVIII. VOL. II. K Of [ 34 3 1 j ft Of the following * defigns at large the i8th plate reprefents the infide of the colonade towards the Bafdica, and the 19th mews halt of the nich for the Tribunal over-againft the entrance ot the Bafilica. :©©©©©©©©©©©■©■©©©©so©©© ©• © © © © © © © © ©•© © e © @ © © C H A P. XX. Of the Bafilicas, or Courts of Juflice, of our own Times. Wfifitl ^ the Antients f made their Bafilicas after fuch a manner, that lij *1 in the Spring and Summer People might come together there, rn treat of their affairs and to carry on their Law-luits ; loin times every City, both in Italy and out ot it, do eredl certain ipa- our times ev cious publick Halls, which may'bc delervedly term’d Bafilicas: be- caufe that near to them is the refidence of the fupreme Magiftrate, whence they come to be part of the tame; and the proper fignification of this word Bafilica is a royal Houfe, as well for the reafon now given, as by reafon the judges attend there to adminifter juftice to the People. The Bafilicas of our times are different herein from the antient Bafilicas, that the latter were on the ground, or level with the furface of it; where¬ as the former are over arches, in which Shops are plac’d for feveral Arts and Merchants wares; the Pritons being likewite there, and other places for theferviceof the publick. Moreover, the antient Bafilicas had their porticos on the infide, as may be perceiv’d by our draughts; and the modern ones, on the contrary, either have no porticos at all, or they have them on the outfide towards the fquare or open place. A- rnong thefe modern Halls, there is one very remarkable in Padua (a Ci¬ ty iliuitrioiis for its Antiquity, and famous over the whole World for its Univcrfity) in which the Gentlemen meet every day, this place ferv- ing them for a cover’d fquare to walk in. The City of Brefcta, which is magnificent in all its undertakings, has lately built one of thofe Halls, admirable for its grandeur and ornaments. There is another ot them in Vicenza, of which alone I have given the draughts, becaule the por¬ ticos around it are of my own invention : and that I make no doubt, but that this Edifice may be compar’d to the antient Fabricks, and be reckon’d among the nobleft and moft beautiful Buildings erected fince the time of the antients ; as well on account of its largcnefs and orna¬ ments, as of its matter, which is all hewn Stone, extremely hard, join’d and bound together with the utmoft care. There is no need I * Plate XVIII. f Plate XX. n . , ;1 1 ,f( illould Itlould particularize the proportions of every part here, becaufe they are all mark d in their places on the draughts. Part of the Plan * and of the elevation of the Balilica at large. c H A P. XXL Of the Paleftras and the Xifti of the Greeks, or places of pub lick exercife. gFTER having treated of Ways, Streets, Bridges, and Squares, S it remains that we now diicourle of certain Edifices made hy the Greeks, to which Men repair’d to exercife their Bodies: and ’tis very probable that, when the Cities of Greece were govern’d afcer a Re¬ publican form, there was one of diefe Edifices in each of thole Cities ; wherein the youth, befides learning the Sciences, by exerciling of their bodies in a military manner (as in knowing their ranks, in throwing the bar or javelin, in wreftling, in managing their arms, in fwimming with burdens on their backs, and the like) became inur’d to the fatigues and accidents of War, whereby, tho few in number, they could afterwards with their valour and military difeipline beat numerous Armies. After the example of the Greeks, the Romans had their Campus Martins, or field of Mars, wherein the youth publickly exercifed themfelves in the laid military Actionsfrom whence proceeded wonderful Effects, and many a glorious Victory. C/tfar writes in his Commentaries, that being fuddenly attack’d by the Nervii, and feeing that the feventh and twelfth legions were l'o clofe and crowded that they could not fight, he commanded them to let themfelves more at large, and that the one fhould flank the other, that fo they might have room to handle their Weapons, and not be hem’d in by their Enemies: which being with great l’pced and dexterity perform’d by the Soldiers, obtain’d the victo¬ ry for their General, and purchas’d to themfelves the immortal fame of valiant and well-difciplin’d Men, lince in the heat of the battle, when every tiring was full of danger and confufion, they did that which in our times feems to many extraordinary difficult to perform, even when there's no Enemy near, and where there’s convenience both of time and place. 1 he Greek and Roman Hiltories are full of fuch glorious Atchievements, whereof queltionlefs the principal caufe confided in the continual exercife of the youth. From thefe exercifes the laid places * Fl.ut XXI. (which [ 36 ] (which the Greeks built, as Vitruvius relates in the eleventh Chapter of his fifth Book) were call’d Pale fir a and Xifti, and they were comparted in the following manner. Firft they trac’d or meafur’d out afquare place of the compafs of two ftades, that is of two hundred and fifty paces; and on three hides of it they made Angle porticos, under which were fpacious Rooms, wherein Men of Letters, as Philofo- phers and the like, reafon’d and difputed together. On the fourth fide, which look’d to the South, the porticos were made double, that the Rain driven by the wind might not in the fpring time reach the inner parts, and that the Sun might be kept further off in the Summer. In the middle of this portico was a very large Hall, a fquare and a half in length, where the Boys were taught, on the right of which was the place where the Girls were alfo taught; and behind it the place where the Wreftlers cover’d themfelves with duff. Further on was the room for wallkng in cold Water, which we now call a cold Bath, and happens to be in the turning or cor¬ ner of the portico. On the left of the Hall for the youth, was the place where the Wreftlers anointed their Bodies to become theftron- ger, near to which was a cold room, where they put off their cloaths; and further on a lukewarm Room, wherein was made a Fire, and from which they enter’d into the hot ftove. This room had on the one fide of it the Laconicum, or fweating-place, and on the other fide the room for wafting in cold Water. For this wife People would imitate nature, which proceeds thro feveral mediums from extreme cold to extreme heat; and therefore they would not fuddenly go from the cold Room into the hot, but by the in¬ terval of the lukewarm one. Without all thefe places were three porticos, one on the fide of the entrance (which may be made Eaft or Weft) and the other two were on the right and left, the one to the North, the other to the South. The portico towards the North was double, and as large as its columns were long: that towards the South was fingle, but much broader than any of thofe we have mention’d, and was fo divided, as that leaving on the fide of the columns and of the Wall ten foot (w'hich fpace is by Vitruvius call’d the margin or border) they defeended by two fteps fix foot broad into a plain place not lefs than twelve foot, wherein the Wreftlers and others might in the fpring exercife their bodies under cover, without being hinder’d by thofe who were in the porticos to look on; who likewife faw better, by reafon of the largenefs of the place where the Wreftlers were. The portico was properly call’d the Xifius. The Xifii were fo made, that between the porticos there ftould be Woods and Plantations, and the ways between the Trees pav’d C 37 ] piiv d with ATopack work. blear rlic Xiftus and the double Portico were trac d the open places for walking, by them call d Pendromides, where¬ in in the fpring time, when the Weather was fair, the Athletes might exercife themfelves. The Stadium was on one fide of this Edifice, and was a place from whence the People might commodioufly fee the Com¬ batants and Performers of other Exerctfes. From thefe fort of Edifices the example was taken by the Roman Emperors, who built the'/ herma or publick Baths to delight andpleafe the People; thefe being places whither Perfons went to divert as well as to wafh themfelves, and whereof, if it pleafes God, I fhall difcourfe in the following Books. A The place where the Boys were taught. B- The place where the Girls were taught. C. The place where the Wrefllers dufied themfelves. D. The cold Bath. K The place where the ITreJllers anointed themfelves. F. The cold Room. G. The Luke-warm room from whence they went into the ftove H. The warm room . I. The Laconicum, or Sweating-place. K. The warm Bath L. Che outer Portico before the entrance. M. ^ he outer Portico towards the North. N. The outer Portico towards the Eaft, where they exercifed in the fpring, and is call'd theX iftus. O. 7 he IVoods between two Porticos. P. Open places for walking, call'd Peridromides (d The Stadium, where the multitude food to fee the Combatants. The other places in the draught are Exhedrte and Schools. LL. 7 he Eafl. OO. The South. PP. The TVeft. TT. The North, FINIS. V O L. II. L * • A . . . A\'- '■ ■ v.; .. .v; •• ....: - . .> , . .•. •' ' -- .V;. 1 • ' ' . 1 . .- ' - . . . . . . XV. £*£**$? A. PALLADIO; - ! fgSr BOOK the F OURT H. Wherein is Treated Of the Antient Temples in Rome, and fome others to be feen in Italy, and other parts of Europe. The Whole Revis’d, Defign’d, and Publifh’d By GIACOMO LEON I, a Venetian; Architect to His mofi Serene Highness, the Late ELECTOR PALATINE. Tranjlated from the Italian Original. [ 4 1 ] K*#**#****#####***##******#*#*#**#**#*##*'##****#*#**##**# THE PREFACE TO THE READER. F Labour and Induftry are ro be laid our upon any Fabrick, ro the end that in all its parts it illould have the exaCteft fymmetry and proportion, this, without the lead: doubt, is to be practis'd in thofe Temples, wherein the moft gracious and all-powerful God, the Creator and Giver of all things, ought to be ador’d by us; and, in the belt manner that our abilities may permit, be prais’d and thank’d for fuch manifold favours as he continually beftows upon us. For if Men, in the building of their own Houfes, ufe the utmoft diligence to find out skilful and excellent Architects, with other capable Workmen ; they arc certainly oblig’d to be much more diligent in the building of Churches: and, if in the former their principal aim be Convenience, fo in the latter they ought to have a regard to the Dignity and Greatnefs of him that in the fame is to be invok’d and worfllip’d; who being the chiefeft good and perfection, it is highly a- greeable, that all things dedicated to him Illould be brought to the greateft perfection we are capable to give them. And indeed, when we confider this beautiful Machine of the World, with how many mar¬ vellous Ornaments it is replenifh’d, how the Heavens by their conti¬ nual rounds change the Seafons according to the neceffities of Men, and preferve themfelves by the fweetelt harmony and temperament of their motion; we cannot doubt, but that as thefe little Temples we raife, ought to bear a refemblance to that immenfe one of his infinite goodnefs, which by his bare word was perfectly compleated ; fo we are bound to beautify them with all the ornaments we poHibly can, and to build them in fuch a manner and with Inch proportions, that all the parts together may fill the eyes of the beholders with the molt pleating Vol. II. M harmony, C 4 2 3 harmony, and that each of them feparately may conveniently anfwer the ufe for which it was defign’d. Wherefore, altho they are wor¬ thy of much commendation, who, being led by the beft Spirit, have already built Churches and Temples in honour of the high God, and are ftill building fuch; neverthelefs, they do not feem to be exempt from all blame, if they have not likewife endeavour’d to make them in the belt form and nobleft manner, polfible for our weaknefs to execute. Now fince the antient Greeks and Romans us’d a world of diligence in making Temples for their Gods, and that they built them according to the molt beautiful Architecture; to the end they might have the greatelt Ornaments, and the bell proportion, that were agreeable to the God to whom they were dedicated: I {hall therefore in this Book fhow the form and the ornaments of leveral antient Temples, whereof the ruins are yet to be feen, and of which I have made the Defigns; that every one may know in what form, and with what ornaments, Churhes ought to be built. And tho of l'ome of thcle Temples but very little is to be feen above ground, yet from this little, con- fider'd together with the foundations that could be likewife feen, I have made by Conjectures what they mult have been, when they were entire. Nor was 1 in this matter a little alfiftcd by Vitruvius, becaule what I law, agreeing with what lie taught, it was not very difficult for me to come to the knowledge both of their afpeefts and forms. But as for what concerns the or¬ naments, that is, the Bales, Columns, Capitels, Corniihes, and luch like things, 1 have intermix’d nothing of my own; but they were meafur’d by me with the utmoft care and exadtnefs, from divers fragments, found in the very places where Hood the Tem¬ ples themfelves. Nor do I queftion, but that fuch as {hall read this Book, and diligently conlidcr the Deligns of it, will come to underftand many palfages in Vitruvius, which were reputed extreme¬ ly difficult: and that their underftandings will be directed to dif- cern the molt beautiful and beft proportion’d forms of Temples, and to draw from them manifold and noble Inventions; of which ma¬ king ufe in due time and place, they may Ihow in their works, how Architects may and ought to vary without quitting the pre¬ cepts of the Art, and how fuch variations are often very laudable and graceful. But before I come to the defigns, I mall briefly lay down, as I am wont to do, thofe Directions which are to be ob- ferv'd in the building of Temples; I my felf having drawn them from Vitruvius, and from other molt excellent Perlons, that have written concerning l'o noble an Art. THE [43 ] •*' * •& & v # <£ ‘$f‘H? THE fourth book, CHAP. I. Of toe Jit licit ton which ought to be chojen for the building of Temples. V SC ANT was not only the firft Country in Italy, that jeceiv d Architecture as a foreign Invention: whence die order, we call Tufcan, had its dimenfions: but with regard to the things pertaining to thol'e Gods, which were ador’d by the grcateft part of the World (groping in the darknefs of Error) file was the Miftrifi of all the neighbouring Nations; and taught them what fort of Temples they ought to build, in what place, and with what Ornaments fuitable to the quality ol the leveral Gods. Altho it may be feen in many Temples, that uch obfervat,o, 1S have not been always ftnctly regarded; neverthe- !els I In all briefly relate what Writers have left recorded concerning them, that fuch as delight in matters of Antiquity may have fatii- rachon m this particular, and, that the minds of all may be rous’d and inflam d to lay out the moll: convenient diligence in the build¬ ing ol Churches: for it’s a very bafe and dilrommendable thing, that we who have the true Religion, fcould be exceeded in this re- ipcct, by thofe who had no knowledge of the Truth at all Now lince the places where facred Temples ought to be bu.lt, arc the hil- thing which fhou d fall under confideration, I (hall difeourfe ° *7“ t l 11S Cha P ter - I % then, that the antient Tufcani order d Temples to be erected without the City, to Venus, Mart, and Vulcan-, as being the powers that excited Men’s minds to laicivioulnels, wars, and burnings: and within the City to thofe who were fet over Chaffity, Peace, and all the ufeful Arts. To thole Divinities, under whofe protection the City was put, parti¬ cularly C 44 3 rr ■ i inr! Minerva (whom they held to be alfo < " U ' at (Tjiis > of Xec'icy)”ihey built Temples in the higheft places, m the &Sl£rJL a»d in their Citadels. bul J ^mdesand fometimes in them. To J P ollo and Bacchus they built neat the Theatre, as to Hercules near the SLe and Amphitheatre. To Efculafius, Hjgsesa the Goddcls of he th and fuch other Gods by whofe means they thought Men S of their d,(tempers, they bruit in very wholefomephrees ard near to falubrious Waters; that by coming out of a bad Air into what was good and healthy, and by ^^jng thofe Waters, they might be cur’d the fooner, whence alio their Zeal for Re giL, 1 kindl'd the more. Tims did .he, .h.nk |t ngrceeble to all the other Gods to find places tor building then Temples according to the properties they attributed to eac o t urn * to their peculiar manner of facrihcmg. But we, who, by t P ctrl grace P of God, are freed from this darknefs, having quitted thcirlain and falfe Superftition, fcoud chute thofepbeestor he Situation of our Churches, that are m the mod noble an quented parts of the City, far from unfeemly or infamous places, and adjoining to fine Squares, or other beautiful open places, where many Streets meet; and whence all parts of the Church may be fin to the beft advantage, at once raifing devotion and d- miration in all thofe who view and confident. If m> the Ci y there be Hills, the moft elevated parts of thefe muff be pitch upon- but if there be no fuch Eminences, the floor of the Tem- X nruft be rais’d above the level of the other Buildings, as much conveniently may be; fo that the afeent will confift of many iteps which going up to the Church fets off its Majefty, an e- S g ter devotion. The fronts of the Temples arc fo to be p ’d, as to look over the beft part of the City; that Religion l y frem to be fet as Are keeper and protects of the Citizens Bulf Temples are to be bu.lt out of the City, then the fronts a e ro be fo order’d as to look towards the great Roads or navigable Rivers, .if near any fuch; that l’affengers may fee them, and pay their refpebt and reverence before the fronts of the Temp e . CHAP. C 4f 1 IBiaffiSSiMMI mam CHAP. II. Of the form of the Temples , and what is becoming to be obferv’d about them. F.MPLES are made round, quadrangular, fexangular, oct¬ angular, or with more angles and fides, all which fbou’d finilh in the capacity of a circle: they are likewife made in the form of a Crols, as of feveral other fafhions and figures, accord- ing to the various inventions of Men; but all deterving commen¬ dation, whenever they are diltinguifh’d with fine and convenient proportions, with elegant and beautiful Architecture. But thefinefh and molt regular forms, from which all the others receive their mea- fures, are the round and the quadrangular: and therefore Vitruvius fpeaks only ot thefe two, teaching how they ought to be comparted, as lhall be feenwhen we treat of the compartments of Temples. In all the Temples that are not round (be they of four, or fix, or more angles and fides) diligent care mult betaken, that all their angles be equal. The antients, as we llfow’d jult now, had not only regard, in the choice of the fituation for the ereCting of their Temples, to what might be fuitable to each of their Gods, but likewife in the choice of the form: for which reafon, becaufe the Sun and the Moon are perpetually deferibing their Orbs about the World, and with this circular motion produce thole effects which are manifcft to all Men, they made their Temples round, or at lealt in fuch fort that they approach’d to roundnefs. So they built the Temples of Vefia, whom they held to be the Goddefs of the Earth, which element we know is round. To Jupiter, as the Governor of the Air and the Sky, they made Temples uncover’d in the middle, with porticos round them, as fhall be lower deferib’d. In the difpofing of their Orna¬ ments alio, they us’d extraordinary confederation to what God they were building: on which account they made the Temples of Minerva, Mars, and Hercules, of Dorick work; becaufe Fabricks without exquilitenefs or foftnefs were fuitable, they laid, to fuch Deities, who ptefided over War. But they maintain’d that to Venus, Flora, the Mufes, the Nymphs, and the moll: delicate God- delfes, Temples ought to be rear’d that agreed belt to the bloomy, tender, and virginal Age; wherefore to thefe they confecrated the Corinthian Order, being perfuaded that the fineft work and the Vol. II. N molt [ 46 ] moft florid, adorn’d with Leaves and Volutas, was agreeable to fuch an Age. On the other hand, to Juno, Diana, Bacchus, and fuch other Gods (to whom neither the gravity of the firft, nor the delicacy of the fecond, was fuirable) they attributed the Ionick Order, which holds a medium between the Dorick and the Co¬ rinthian Thus we read that the antients were truly ingenious m preferving a decorum in Building, wherein confifts the moft beau¬ tiful part of Architecture. We therefore, who have no falfe Gods, fhou’d, in order to preferve a decorum about the form oi Tem¬ ples, chufe the moft perfedt and excellent; and feeing the round form is that (becaufe it alone among all figures is Ample, uniform, equal, ftrong, and moft capacious) we ihou’d make our Temples round, as being thofe to which this form does moft peculiarly be¬ long : becaufe it being included within a circle, in which neither end nor beginning can be found nor diftinguifh d from each o- ther, and having all its parts like one another, and that each of ’em partakes of the figure of the whole; and finally the extreme in every part being equally diftant from the center, it is therefore the moft proper figure to fhow the Unity, infinite Eflence, the Uniformity, and | u/liee of G Oil. Over and above all this, it cannot be deny’d that ftrength and durablenefs are more requi¬ re in Temples, than in all other Fabricks; in as much as they are dedicated to the moft Gracious and Almighty GOD, and that in them are preferv’d the moft precious, famous, and authentick records of Towns: for which very reafons it ought to be conclu¬ ded, that the round figure, wherein there’s no corner or angle, is abfolutely the moft fuitable to Temples. Temples ought like- wile to be as capacious as may be, that much People may con¬ veniently allilt in them at divine fervice; and of all the figures, that are terminated by an equal circumference, none is more ca¬ pacious than the round. I deny not but thofe Temples are com¬ mendable, which are made in the form of a Crofs, and which, in that part making the foot of the Crofs, have the entry over a- gainft the great Altar and the Quire: as in the two Illes, which extend like arms on each fide, are two other entries or two Altars; becaulc being built in the form of the Crols, they reprefent to the eyes of thofe, who pafs by, that wood on which our SA¬ VIOR was crucify’d. In this form I built my felt the Church of Saint George the great in Venice. Temples ought to have large Porticos, having greater Columns than are neceflary in other Buildings: and ’tis certainly fit they fhou’d be great and magnifi¬ cent, and built with great and well proportion’d Parts; but yet not exceed- [47] exceeding that proportion, which the extent of the City feems to require. Bccaufe all grandeur and magnificence are requifite in the fervice of God, for which they are deliin’d, they ought to have molt beautiful orders of Columns, and each order to have its own proper and convenient ornaments. They fhou’d be likewife made of the mod excellent and precious materials; that with the form, the orna¬ ments, and the materials, the Divinity may be honour’d as much as poilible: and. were it indeed polfible, we ought to make them fo admiiably beautiful, that nothing could be imagin’d more fo; and they fllou d be difpos d in luch a manner in all their parts, that thofe who enter them lhou’d be tranfported with admiration, and Hand amaz’d in viewing their elegance and beauty. Among all colours none is more fuitable to Temples than white; by reafon that the purity of this colour, exprels’d in the purity of Life, is highly grate¬ ful to GOD. But if they mud needs be painted, no fuch Pictures ought to be in them, as by their meaning might alienate Men’s minds from the confideration of divine things: for which reafon we inoud not in Temples depart from gravity, or from thofe things mat, being feen by us, render our minds more fervent in the worfhip of GOD, and difpofe us to well-doing. CHAP. Ill Of the Profpetfs of Temples. Y Profpedt is underdood the fird fhow or appearance that a Temple makes to fuch as approach it. Seven are the mod regular profpeds of Temples, and the bed underdood; wherefore it feems to me neceflary to infert here as much about them, as Vitruvius delivers in the fird Chapter of his fird Book: to the end this part, which, thro the fmall attention of Men to an- tient remains, is by many reputed difficult, and by few hitherto well underdood, may become eafy and clear by what I Chall fay about it, as well as by the following draughts, which will ferve for examples of what he has taught. I have alfo thought fit to make ufe of his very names and terms, that they who perufe the text of Vitruvius himfelf (which I exhort every one to do) may un¬ derhand in him the fame words, and not imagine they are read¬ ing different things. To come therefore to our Subject, Temples are made either with or without Porticos. Such as are made without without Porticos may have three profpedts: the one is call d ,n An¬ us, that is, a front in pilafters; becauie Ant* is the name of the Pilafters that are-made in the angles or corners ot Buildings Ot the other two, the one is call'd Profits, that is a front m Co¬ lumns; and the other Amphiprofiylos. That which is call d inAn¬ ns have two pilafters in the corners, which are to turn from the tides of the Temple; and between thole pilafters mult: ltand in the middle of the front two Columns, which are to advance forwards, and fupport the fronton, which is to be over the entry. The other profpedt, call’d Profijlos, mull have yet more than the former columns in the corners oppofite to the pilafters; and both on the right and on the left in the turning of the Corners two other Columns, that is, one of a fide. But it m the back part of the Teirmle, the fame difpolition of Columns be kept, asm tie front; this is the profpedt call’d Amphiprofiylos, that is, both fronts in columns. We have not in our days any remains left ot the two firft kinds of Profpedts of Temples, and therefore no exam¬ ples of fuch will be found in this Book: neither have I thought it neceflary to make draughts of them, fincc the plans and eleva¬ tions of each of them are in the Vitruvius that is publii h d with the Commentaries of the rnoft reverend Barbara. But it Tem¬ ples be made with Porticos, then they are either made quite round the Temple, or the front only. Thofe which have their Por¬ ticos only in front, may be faid to have the Profpedt Profijlos. But thofe which have their porticos round them, may be made with four Profpedts j becaufe they are either made with fix co¬ lumns in the fore-front, and with as many in the back-front, ha¬ ving eleven columns on each fide, comprehending the angular ones: aud° then this profpedt is call’d Penpteros, that is, wing’d round; in which cafe the porticos round the nave are as large as one in- tercolumnation. If any antient Temples be feen, which have fix columns in the front, and yet have no porticos round them; then they have in the walls of the Cell on the outfide lemi-columns, which accompany thofe of the portico, and with the felf-fame or¬ naments, at Himes in Provence: and of this fort may be laid to be the Temple of the Ionick Order in Rome, that at prefent is the Church of Saint Mary the Egyptian ; which was purpofely done by thofe Architects to make the nave larger, and to lave expeiices, the fame round-wing’d profpedt remaining neverthelefs, to every one that faw the Temple in flank. If Temples be made with eight Columns in the front, and fifteen on the tides with the thefe come to have the porticos round them double, and angular ones [ 49 ] and therefore the Profpedt of them is call’d Dipteros, that is dou- ble-wing’d. (Dr Temples are thus made with eight Columns in the front, and fifteen on the fides; but the porticos round are not made double, becaufe one order of Columns is left out, whereby thele porticos come to be as large as two intercolumnations and the thicknels of a Column: lo that their Profpedt is call’d Pfeudodipteros, that is, falle double-wing d. 1 his prolpcct was the invention of Hermogenes, a moft antient Architect, who thus made the porticos round the Tem- ples large, and alfo commodious for leffening both labour and ex¬ pence, yet without taking any thing away from the Profpecft. Or, finally, ’tis fo order’d, that in the one and the other front there are ten Columns, and the Porticos round the Temple double, juft as in thofe whofe profpeeft is Dipteros. Thefe Temples had other por¬ ticos on the infide, with two orders of Columns one over another, which Columns were lefs than thofe without: the roof did reach from the columns without to thofe within, and all the (pace furrounded by the inner columns was open, whence the Profpedt of fuch Tem¬ ples was Hypethros, that is, uncover’d. Thefe Temples were dedicated to Jupiter, as the ruler of the Sky and the Air, and the Altar was plac’d in the midft of the Court. Of this fort 1 believe was the Tem¬ ple, whereof a few remains are feen in Rome on Alonte cavallo ; and that it was dedicated to Jupiter Qwrinalis, and built by the Emperors: be¬ caufe in the time of Vitruvius, as he tells us himlelf, there was no fuch Temple there. C H A P. IV. Of five kinds of Temples. HE antients (as has been obferv’d before) were wont to make porticos to their Temples for the convenience of the People: as well that they might have a place wherein to difeourfe and walk without the Nave, in which the Sacrifices were offer’d, as to be¬ llow the greater Majefty and Grandeur on thofe Fabricks. Now, by reafon that the intervals between one Column and another may be made of five feveral (paces, Vitruvius has, according to thefe, diftinguifh’d five forts or manners of Temples : whereof the names are Pycnofiylos, that is, thick let with Columns: Syftylos, having more diftant Columns: Dia/iylos, yet more diftant: slreo- fiylos, more diftant than is convenient: and Eujiylos, that has rea- fonable and convenient intervals. How all thefe Intercolumrratis Vol. II- Q on- C 5° »] ons (land, and what proportion each of era ought to bear witn the length of the Columns, I have illown before in the iirlt Book, and let down the draughts of them: wherefore nothing further occurs to me to fay concerning them here, but that the tirlf four are defective. i he two firft are lb, becaule their Intercolumnations being ofa diameter and a half, or of two diameters of a Column, they are very fmalland llrait,- fo that two Perfons cannot go hand-in-hand or a-breaft into the porticos, but will be oblig’d to walk in a line after each other: neither can the Doors, or their Ornaments, be leen from any diftance: and, fi¬ nally, from the narrownefs ol the lpace the walk round the Tem¬ ple is much embarafs’d. Yet thelc two manners are tolerable, when the Columns are made large, as may be leen in almoft all the antient Temples. The third manner is defective, becaule the In¬ tercolumnations being of three diameters of a column, they are too large; whereby the Architraves, by reafon of the greatnels of the lpace, come to break: but this defect may be remedy d, by making over the Architraves (in the height of the frize) Arches that will bear the weight, and leave the Architraves free The fourth manner, tho not fubjedt to the defect whereof we have been fpeaking (becaule the Architraves arc not made of Stone or Marble, but beams of Timber are laid over the columns) yet for all that it may be rec¬ kon’d defective; fince it is low, wide, and mean, being appropria¬ ted to the Tufcan Order. From all this it follows, that the mod beautiful and elegant manner of Temples, is that call’d Euftylos, whofe Intercolumnations confift of two diameters of a column and a fourth part: for it ferves perfectly well for ufe, for beauty, and forltrength. I have all along call’d the manners of Temples, and their profpedts, by the lame names that Vitruvius ufes: not only for the reafon mention’d above, but likewife becaufe fuch names feem to be already receiv'd in our Language, and underftood by every body ; for which lame reafon I lhall Ml continue to ufe them, in thole draughts of Temples which are to follow. A && && e&rlr i^s &<& HI- ' ofe tSfe CHAP. V. Of the compartment of Temples. LTHO it be requifite in all Fabricks, that all their parts fhou’d correfpond’together, and have fuch a proportion, that there be none of them whereby the whole may not be meafur’d, and likewife every individual part: yet this Ihou’d be ob- ferv’d r [fl] ierv d with the utmoft care in Temples by realon they are con- fecrated to the Divinity; out of refpedl and honor to whom, the work ought to be moil rare and beautiful. Wherefore, fince the moil regular forms of Temples are the round and the quadran¬ gular, I lhall lliow how each of thele fhou’d be comparted; ad¬ ding^ likewife certain things relating to the Temples in ufe with us Chiiftians. Round Temples were antiently fometimes made open, that is without a Cell; but with Columns that fupported the Cupola, as thole that were dedicated to Juno Lacinia , in rite midft of which was plaed the Altar, and upon it the inextinguifh able or perpetual Fire. Such Temples were comparted in this manner. The Diameter of the whole lpace to be occupy’d by the Temple, was divided into three equal parts : one was given to the Steps, that is, to the afcent of the door of the Temple ; and two remain d for the Temple it felf and the Columns, which are plac d upon Pedefbals, and with their Bales and Capitels are as high, as the diameter of the leaft courfe of the Steps, and a tenth part as thick as they are high. The Architrave, the Prize, and the other Ornaments are made in this, and in all other forts of Temples, according to the directions 1 have given in the firft Book. But the Temples which are made dole, that is, with a Nave, are made either wing’d round, or with a Portico only in the front. The compartment of thole that are wing’d round is as follows. Firft two courfes of Steps are made quite round, and upon them are fet the Pedeftals, as upon thefe the Columns: the wings are large a fifth part of the diameter of the Temple, ta¬ king the diameter from the inner part of the Pedeftals. The Co¬ lumns are as long as the Cell is large, being a tenth part a$ thick as they are long. The Cupola is to be rais’d above the Archi¬ trave, Frize and Cornice of the wings, in proportion to the half of the whole work. Thus Vitruvius comparted the round Tem¬ ples. However, no Pedeftals are feen in the antient Temples, but the Columns begin from the floor, which I mull approve, as well, becaufe the going into the Temple is not a little ob- llrudled by thofe Pedeftals, as that the Columns which begin from the floor, render the Temple more auguft and majeftick. But if a Portico be built only in the front of round Temples, it mull be made as long as the Nave is large, or an eighth part lefs : it may be yet fhorter, but never fo as to be fhorter than three quarters of the breadth of the Temple ; nor fhall it be made broader than the third part of its length. In quadrangular Tem¬ ples, C y* 3 olcs the Porticos in the front are to be made as long as the Tcmnle is broad: and if the manner be Eufiylos, which is the moft beautiful and elegant, then they muft be thus comparted. In cafe the Profpect be of four columns, the whole front of the Temple (omitting the Projedture of the bafes of the Columns in the corners) is to be divided into eleven parts and a half, one of which fhall be call’d a Module, that is, a meafure, by which the other parts are to be meafur’d: becaufe that in making the Columns one module thick, four will be given to them, three to the middle intercolumnation, and four and a half to the other two intercolumnations; that is, two and a quarter to each. But if the front have fix columns, it muft be divided into eighteen parts ; if eight, into twenty four and a half; and if ten, into one and thirty: giving always of thefe parts one to the thicknefs of the Columns, three to the middle void, and two and a half to each of the other voids. The height of the Columns muft be manag’d, according as they are either Iomck or Corinthian. How the profpedts of the other manners of Temples ought to be re¬ gulated (that is, of the Pycnoftylos, Sjfijlos, Diajljlos, mdJreofy- los) is fully declar’d in the firft Book, where I treated of Interco¬ lumnations. Beyond the portico was the Anti-Temple, and af¬ ter that the Nave. The breadth was divided into four parts, and of eight fuch confifted the length of the Temple: five of thefe were given to the length of the Nave, including the wall in which is the door; and the other three remain’d to the Anti- Temple, which on its fides has two wings of wall continu’d to the walls of the Cell. At the end of thefe are made two Antis, that is, two pilaftcrs as thick as the columns of the Portico: and becaufe between thefe wings there may be more or lei's fpace, if the larger fpace be twenty foot, there ought to be put between the laid pilafters two columns, and even more as neceffity may require, direcftly over againft the columns of the Portico. Their ufc is to feparate the Anti-Temple from the Portico: and tire three or more voids that will be between the pilafters, arc to be clos'd with pannels of wood or marble, leaving neverthelefs the ncceffary openings for entring into the Anti-Temple. But ^if the breadth exceed forty foot, other Columns muft be plac d within over againft thol'c between the pilafters; and they are to be made as high as thol'c without, yet not quite fo thick.- be¬ caufe the open air will take away from the thicknefs of thoft without, and the inclofure will not let the fmallfiefs of thofe within be difcern’d, fo that they will appear equal. Now, tho [ 5-3 ] tho this Compartment fucceeds to a Hair in Temples of four Co' 1 uni ns, yet tire fame proportion does nor happen m other pro- fpeds and manners: becaufe it mull needs be, that the Walls of the Nave lhall run counter to the Columns on the outfide, and be in a Line, whence the Naves of thole Temples will be fomewhat greater, than we have faid. In this manner did the Anticnts com¬ part their Temples (as we are inform’d by Vitruvius) and they wou’d by all means have Porticos to them, under which in excelllve wea¬ ther People might avoid the Sun, Rain, Hail, and Snow; as, on folemn and fellival Days, they might entertain one another with difcourfe there, till the Hour came for offering Sacrifice. But we, neglecting the Porticos llirrounding the Temples, buildout Churches very like the antient Bafihcas, or Courts of Juftice, in which (as we laid) the Porticos were made within the Building, as we do now in our Churches. The reafon of this is, that the firft, who, being en¬ lighten d by the Truth, embrac’d our Religion, were accultom’d, for fear ot the Gentiles, to meet in the Bafilicas of private Perfons- where obferving afterwards that this form was very commodious, be caufc the Altar might be plac’d to great advantage in the room of the Tubunal, and that the Quire coud Hand in good order round die Altar, while the remaining part might hold the People, they have not thought fit to change it fince; and therefore in the Compart¬ ment of the Wings or llles which we make in our Churches, regard muff be had to what we have faid in treating of th zBafikcas. There is added to our Churches a place feparated from the reft, call’d the Sacrijly or Vefiry, where the Velfments of the Priefts are kept, with the Vellels, the facred Books, and fuch other things as are us’d in Di¬ vine Service, the Priefts likewife habiting themfelves there : and then Towers and Steeples are elevated, in which Bells are hung to call the People to divine Offices; but fuch Bells are not us’d by any others for thcfe purpofes, except by Chriftians. Near the Churches are built Habitations for the Priefts, which ought to be made commodious with fpacious Cloifters, and fine Gardens: but efpecially the places for the facred Virgins, or Nuns, ought to be lecure, high, remote from noife, and the view of People. So much may fuffice to have been faid concerning the Decorum, the Profpecfts, the Manners, and the Compartments of Temples. Now I lhall fet down the Draughts and Defigns of many antient Temples, in doing which I fhallobferve this method: Firft, I lhall give the Draughts of thofe Temples that are in Rome; next, ol thofe out of Rome, and up and down Italy ; and, laftly, of fuch as are out of Italy. But the better tobeunder- ftood, and to avoid tedioufnefs (as well as not to burden the V O L. II. P Reader [ *4 3 Reader by minutely expreffing the meafures of every part) I have inferred them all, with their numbers and references* in the Draughts. r N. B. This * reprefents Half of the Vicentine foot divided, into fix n ich e s, and every niche into four minutes, or parts. The whole foot containing 48 minutes, which mcafure Palladio has made ufe of through all Parts of the following Temples. CHAP. VI Of the Draughts of foine antient Temples that are in Rome, and firfi of the Temple oj Peace. E fhall take our beginning therefore with a good Omen from the Draughts of the Temple formerly dedicated to Peace f, whole Veftiges or Traces are feen near to the Chuich of Sancla Maria Nova, in the Sacred Way: and Writers fay it is in the felffame place where atfirffc was the Curia of Romulus and Hoflilius, and after¬ wards the Houfe of Melius, the Bafilica Portia, the Houfe of Csfar with its Portico ; which Augufius pull’d down, it appearing to him to be a pile too great and fuperb, but he built another there which he call’d after the name of his Wife LiviaDrufilla. This Temple was be¬ gun by the Emperor Claudius, and finifh d by Vfpafian after he re¬ turn’d victorious from Judea; depofiting therein all the Veflels and Ornaments of the Temple of Jerufalem, which he carry’d in Triumph. We read that this Temple was the greateft, the moft magnificent, and the richeft of the whole City: and certainly its Veftiges, even ruin’d as they are, reprelent fo much Grandtfre, that we cannot but too well conceive what it was when intire. Before the Enrry was a Gallery, having three voids, made of Brick; and the reft was a con¬ tinu’d Wall, equal to the breadth of the front. In the Pilalfers of the Arches of the Gallery there were on the outfide Columns plac’d for Ornament, the order whereof follow’d likewife in the continu’d Wall. Over this firft Gallery was another open Gallery, with its Balu- ftrade; and directly over every Column there muft have been a Sta¬ tue. Within the Temple there were eight marble Columns of the Corinthian Order, five Foot and four Inches thick; and, with the Capitels and Bales, fifty three Foot long. The Architrave, Frize, * Plate I, -t Plate II. * and [ JT ] and Cornice, were ten Foot and a half; and fupported the arching of the middle Nave. The Bafe of thel'e Columns was higher than the half of the Diameter of the Column, and had its Plinth thicker than the third part of its height; which perhaps the Builders fo or- der d, as being of opinion, that the weight to be laid upon it might thus be better govern’d. Its projedture was the fixth part of the Dia¬ meter of the Column. The Architrave, Prize, and Cornice, were carv d after a curious manner. The Cimafium of the Architrave de- erves to be noric d, for being made different from the others, and very beautifully wrought. The Cornice has Modilions inftead of the Corona. TheMetopas of the Rofes, which are between the Modi- ions, are fquare; and fo they ought always to be made, as I have ob- ferv’d in all theantient Edifices. Authors fay, that this Temple was urnt in the time of the Emperor Commodus, which I cannot fee how it can be true, no part of it being made of Timber: but it may well e, that it was ruin d by an Earthquake or fome fuch Accident, and a terwards repair d when matters of Architecture were not fo well under¬ ood as in the time of Vefpafian. I am the apter to believe this, bc- caufc I perceive that the Intaglias are not fo well done, or labour’d with fo much care, as thofe of the Arch of Titus and other Edifices, that were built in good times. The Walls of this Temple were adorn’d with Statues and Pictures, and all the Arches were made with Com¬ partments of Stuc; nor was there any part of it that was not extreme¬ ly beautiful. The Elevation of the outfide and mflde of the front and of the infde of the flank of the Temple. A f Profit at large of the Corinthian Cornice and other ornamental Members of the faid Temple. A. The Bafe, B. The Capitel, ! 0 f t h e Columns that fupport the Nave C. The Architrave, Fnz.e,[~ m the middle, and Cornice, J D. Compartments of Stuc made in the Arches. E. A Scale of four Foot divided into lgi parts with which the fame has been meafnred. * Plate III f Platt IV. CHAP. t * 6 3 CHAP. VII. Of the Temple of Mars the Avenger, apsap EAR the Torre de' Conti may be been the Ruins of the Tem- Ipll pi e antiently creded by Auguftus to Mars the Avenger *, in confequence of a Vow that'he made; when, together with Mark Anthony, he did, to revenge the Death of Julius C*far, fight the Buttle o! Pharfalia againft Brutus and CaJftus, and conquer d them. By fuch parts of it as remain, it may beconceiv d, that this was a moll beautiful and marvellous Edifice: and much the more won¬ derful mull it have been, by the fplendor refleded upon it from the forum juft before it, into which we read that thofe, who return d Con¬ querors and Triumphant into the City, carry d the fpoils and other marks of their Victory. ’Tis further recorded, that Auguftus did, in the fineft part of it, place two Pidures, in which were portray’d the manner of giving Battle, and the procelllon of a Triumph: as he did alio two other Pidures done by the hand of Apelles, in one of which were Caftor and Pollux, the Goddefs of Vitiory and Alexander the Great; in the other the reprefentation of a Battle, and the (lime Alexander. There were two Porticos there, in which the laid Auguftus dedicated the Statues of all thofe, who had return’d in Triumph to Row?. But at prefent there is not the leaft trace of this forum to be found, unlefs perhaps thofe wings of Walls which are on the fides of the Temple, were part of it; which is very probable, by reafon of the many places for Statues that are there. The profped of the T emple is wing’d round, which above we have with Vitruvius call’d Periptcros .- and becaufethe breadth of the Nave exceeds twenty Feet, and that the Columns are put between the two Antis or Pilafters of the Anti-T emple, over againft thofe of the Portico (as was faid before fhou’d be done in the like cafe) the Portico is not continu’d quite round the Temple. Nor is the faid Rule oblerv’d on the outfide, in the wings of the Wall joining to the one and the other fide of the Nave, altho all parts correfpond within: from which we may conclude, that the pub- lick Street was both behind and in flank, and that Auguftus wil¬ ling to accommodate himfelf to the lituation, wou’d neither in¬ commode the Neighbours, nor take their Houfes from the Owners. The manner of this Temple is Pycnoftylos. The Porticos are * Pint V. large, large, in proportion to the Intercolumnations. Within, that is within the Nave, there is no mark or veltige whatfoever left; nor are there fragments in the W all, by which we might pofitively affirm, that it had Ornaments and Tabernacles: yet becaufe it is very probable that there were, I have made fome according to my own invention. The Columns of the Portico are of the Corinth,an fort. The Capitels are wrought with Olive Leaves, and have the Abacus much larger than what is commonly obferv’d in others of that Order, regard being had to the- dimenfion of the whole Capitel. The firft Leaves may be per- ceiv d to lwell a little, near the place where they fprout, which adds no imall grace to them. Thefe porticos have molt beautiful Soffitas, or as we may call them the Cieling, and therefore I have given their pt ohl and profped: in Plans. Round this Temple W'ere very high Walls or Pcpenno, which on the outfide were ruftick Work, and within had many 1 abernades and places for holding Statues. The Ornaments which I have added to the inftde of tins Temple are taken from antient Re licks winch I didfind in a neighbour,nr place A Profil of the flank of the Fortin and of the Nave. The Elevation f of half the front with part of the Walk that are on the fide of the Temple. The Elevation ** of part of the infide of the Portico, and of the Nave, with the Ornaments I have added to them. The Ornaments ff of the Cornice of the Port,co_ A. The Capitel of the Columns that is the Ceiling. D. A Scale of four foot di- of the Portico. B. The Architrave, FrtAe, and Cornice. C. The Soffit a of the Portico; r-r-’! n FT * * * r, , „ vided into ig 2 parts with which thefe Ornaments have been meafur d. The Soffit a of the Portico, and how it turns in the Anti, or P ila(lers of the Anti-Temple. E. The Sofpta of the Architrave between the Columns. Some\\\ particular Ornaments of the faid Temple. ^°f the Columns of ma de for Ornament in the the Portico, which a/fo is con¬ tinued in the Wall round the Temple- G. The Cauriola, from which begin the divifions of thefquares Wall under the Porticos. H. The plan of the Columns put for an Ornament of the Ta¬ bernacles in the Nave. Plate VI. f P/aieVII. « Plate VIII. tt Plate IX. *** Pt„eX. tit Plate XI Vol. III. n I. Their [ 5 * ] I. Their Bafe. K. The Capitel. L A fcale of four foot divided N. A flan of the diminution of into 192 farts. tht Column under the Capi- M. The Cornice that is feen in tel. the citings of the Wall, which CHAP. VIII. Of the Temple o/Nerva Trajan. EAR the (aid Temple built by Auguftus are the veftiges of the Temple of Nerva *. Its profpebt is Profiylos, and its manner Pycnojlylos. The Portico, together with the Nave, is little lefs in length than two fquares. The floor of this Temple is rais’d from the ground by abafement, which goes round the whole Fabrick, and becomes a butment to the Steps by which People go to the Portico. In the extreme parts of thele butments there were two Statues, that is one at each end. The bafe of the Columns is after the At nek manner, different in this from what Vitruvius teaches, and which I have inferred in my firft Book; becaufe in him there are two Aftragals more, one under the Scotia, and the other under the Cincture of the Column.— The Capitels are carv’d with Olive Leaves, and thefe Leaves are difpos’d five and five, like the Fingers of Men’s Hands,' as 1 have obferv’d that all the antient Capitels of this fort are made; which produces a better effect, and is more grace- fbl than thole, in which the Leaves are made four and four. In the Architrave are more beautiful Intaglias, dividing oneFafcia from ano¬ ther; which Intaglias and divifions are only the fides of theTemple, becaufe that in the front the Architrave and Frize were made even with one another, for the more convenient placing of an Infcription, whereof may be ftill feen the few Letters following, tho even thefe aive imperfecT and fpoilt by time. IMPERATOR. NERFA. CsESAR. AVG. PONT. MAX. TRIB. POT. IF IMPERATOR II- PROCOS. The Cornice is well carv’d, having an extraordinary fine and molt convenient Projecture. The Architrave, Frize, and Cornice, are all together a fourth part of the length of the Columns. The Walls are made oi-Pepertno T, and were crulted with Marble. In the Nave, Plate XU- d A -Stone fo tailed. along r S9 ] along the Walls, I have put Tabernacles with Statues, as appears by the Ruins, that originally there were fuch. There was a Square before this Temple, in the center of which was fet up the Statue of the faid Emperor on Horfeback. And Writers affirm, that its Ornaments were fo many and fo admirable, that it rais’d amazement in all that view’d them; judging them to be rather the works of Giants, than of Men. When the Emperor Conftans came to Rome, at firft he greatly admir’d the rare Structure of this Edifice, and then turning to his Architect, he faid that he wou’d make at Conjiantinople a Horfe like that of Nerva, to perpetuate his own Memory: whereupon Ormifdas (for fo was the Architect nam’d) anfwer’d him, that it was neceflary firft to make for him fuch a Stable, jointing to this Square. The Columns furrounding it have no Pedeftals, but ftand on the ground: and it was very reafona- ble, that the Temple fhould be higher than the other parts. Thefe Columns are likewife Corinthian, and upon the Cornice diretftly over them were little Pilafters, upon every one of which there mull have been Statues: nor ought it to be any wonder, that I place fo many Statues in thefe Edifices; fince we read they were fo numerous in Rome, that they feem’d another People. K. Doors to the front of the Court over-againfl the Tem¬ ple. .. The place where the Statue of Trajan food. E. The Entry of the Court before the Temple. F. The Entry by the flank. G. The Portico. H. The Temple . I. The fides of the Court Elevation * of half of the out Portico, and of the Entry on the fide of it. Elevation j- of half of the inflde of the Temple, with the Entry on the fide of it Elevation ** of the flank of the Portico-, and thro the Intercolumnations is feen the difpoftion of the Columns that were round the Court. Half ff the front of the Court, over againfl the I emple. The Ornaments *** of the Portico of the Temple. A. The bafement of the whole Fabrick. B. The Bafe of the Column. C. The Architrave. D. The Friz,e. The Ornaments fjf that were round the Court. H. The Architrave. E. The Cornice. F. A Scale of two foot divided into 96 parts. G. The Soffite of the Architrave within the Columns. * Plate XIII. t PlattXIV. Plate XV. ft Plat* XVI, /V^Nf-XVII. flf Plate XVIII. L. The C 60 ] 1 . TheFrinc, which Was carv'd with Figures in Bajfo-relievo , K. The Cornice. L. The littlepilafters upon which were the Statues. M. The Ornaments of the Doors that were in the front of the Court over againfl the Portico of the Temple. N. The hafe of the Columns. O. A Scale of three foot divided into 144 parts. CHAP. IX. Of the Temple of Antoninus and Fauftina. ppl||EAR to the Temple of Peace deferib’d above is the Tem- If F l.j Sj pie of Antoninus and Fauftina*, whencefomc are of opinion, t hat Antomne was aggregated by the Antients into the num¬ ber of their Gods; becaufe he had befides his Temple, Salian and Antomnian Pri;fts. The front of this Temple is made in Columns, and its manner is Pycnoftjlos. .The floor of it is elevated from the ground the third patt of the height of the Columns of the Portico, to which you alcend by fteps; and to thefe a fort of Pedeftal is made by two Bafements, the moldings of which arc continu’d round the whole Temple. The Bafe of thefe Bafements is thicker than half the Cimafium, being alfo made more plain or Ample; and fo I have obferv’d that the Antients made all fuch Bafements, and likewife the Pedeftals that are let under the Columns; not without great real'on, finceallthe parts of a Building, the nearer they are to the Earth, ought to be the more folid. In the extremities of thefe Bafements, direbtly over the angular Co¬ lumns of the Portico, were two Statues: that is, one at each end of the Bafements. The Bafe of the Columns is Attick. The Capitel is carv’d with Olive Leaves. The Architrave, Frize, and Cornice, have a quarter, and a third of the faid quarter part, of the height of the Columns, In the Architrave are Hill read thefe words. DIDO. ANTO NI NO. ET D IVAS FAVSTINjE EX. S. C. In the Frize Grifons are carv’d, which turn their Faces towards each other, and llretch out a paw towards a Candleftick of fuch a Figure as is usd in Sacrifices. The Cornice has no Dentils cut, and is without Modilions : but between the Dentil and the Coro¬ na it has a pretty large Ovolo. It cannot be difeern’d, that with- in this Temple there were any Ornaments: yet confidering the * Pl.m XIX. magm- [ 61 ] magnificence of thofe Emperors, lam perfuaded that there were fome, and therefore I have added Statues. It had a Court before it, made of Peperino. In the Entry of this Court over againft the Por¬ tico of the Temple, there were extraordinary fine Arches, and all round it there were Columns, and many Ornaments, of which no Footflep is now left: nay, being in Rome, I faw one part of it demolilh’d my felf, which had flood till then. On the fides of the Temple there were two other open Entrys, that is, without Arches. In the midft of the Court was an Equeftrian brafs Sta¬ tue of Antonine, which Hands now in the Square of the Capitol. A. The Place where flood the D. The Entry of the Court over- Statue of Antonine. againft the Temple. B. The Portico of the Temple. E. The Entry into the Court by C. The Temple. the Portico. The Elevation * of half of the front of the Temple and part of the lTall of the Court. Elevation f of the infide of the Temple with a part of the Entablature within the Portico and a part of the Court TVall. The Elevation ** of the outftde in flank, in which, and thro the Inter- columnations of the Portico, are Jeen the order of the Columns and other Ornaments that were round the Court. The Elevation \\ of half the Entry, infide of the Court, over againft the front of the Temple. • Tie Ornaments *** of the Portico of the Temple. A- The Bafe round the whole G. A little Cornice made in the Fabrick. B. The Bafe of the Columns. C. The Capitel. D. T/je Architrave, on which was the Infcription. E. The Friz,e F. The Cornice. fides of the Temple, on the outftde. H. A Scale of four Foot divided into 192 parts. I. The Dentil of the Cornice without carving. CHAP. X. Of the Temples of the Sun and Moon. N the Gardens of Sanfta Maria Nova, near the Arch of Ti¬ tus, are two Temples j++ of the fame form, and having the very fame Ornaments. One of them, for being plac’d to the Eaft, is thought to have been the Temple of the Sun: as the other of * Plate \\. t Plats XXI. ** Plate XXII. ft Mai XXIII. *■" ftoe XXIV. f(t Hat XXV Vol. II. R the C 62 ] the Moon, becaufe towards the Weft. They were built and dedica- ted by TitusTatius King of the Romans {affoctated indeed Romulus, but originally King of the Sabins.) They come near the round form, becaufe they are as broad as they are long: which was done with regard to the courfe of thofe Planets, which is circular round the Heavens. The Galleries, that were before the Entry of thele Temples, are wholly ruin'd; nor are there any other Ornaments of them to be feen, but what are in the Arches, which have compartments of Stuc very accurately wrought, and according to a fine defign. The Walls of thefe Temples are extremely thick: and between the one and the other Temple, on the flank of the great Chappels (which are over a- gainfk the Entrance) are feen the veftiges ot lome Stairs, which mult have led to the roof. I have made the Fore-galleries, and the Orna¬ ments of the infide, according as 1 fancy they ought to have been, by what is now handing of them above ground, and the little that coil’d be l'een of the Foundations, where the Plans of both Hand join’d together; as like wife the place of the Stairs, that led, as I laid, to the roof. Near thefe Plans are the Elevations both oi the in and the outfide. T he Ornaments *, that is, thofe of the Arches within, (the othersbeing defiroy d ) and the Elevation of the infide in flank. A. The compartments of the C. The compartments of the Chappels , which are over agawfl the Doors, and have each of than twelve fquares. B. The Profit and Moldings of the fetid Squares. great Nave, which is diver ded into nine Squares. D. The Profit and Moldings of the faid Squares. rxe rex -CiX r:C. re -'" teKSKSKasa £X) yXX TXT 'TXK 'PXK. r ) CHAP. XL OJ the Temple vulgarly call'd the Galluce. EAR the Trophies of Alarms is feen the following f Edifice of a round Figure, which, after the pile of the Pantheon, is the greateft round Fabrick in Rome. The place is com¬ monly call’d Le Galluce, vhich gave a handle to fome of faying, that this was the Bafilica of Cains and Limits-, which, together with a no¬ ble Portico, Aaguftm caus’d to be erected to the memory of Cai¬ ns and Lucius his Grand-children But this I do not believe to ♦ n t-t xxvi. t Plate XXVII. be [ 6 3 ] be true, fince this Edifice has none of the parts, that are requifite in Bafilicas (the manner of making which I have defer ib’d above in the third Book, when, according to the Inftructions of Vitruvius, I divided the parts of a Square) and therefore 1 conclude this was a Temple. It is all ol Brick, which mult have been incrufted with Marble, but now all taken away- The middle Nave, which is per¬ fectly round, is divided into ten parts, in each of which is aChappel inchasdin the thicknefs of the Wall, except in that where the Entry is. The two Naves which are on the fides, mull have been molt ex¬ cellently beautify’d, becaufe they contain many niches: and ’tispro¬ bable there were Columns and other Ornaments in than, which, ac¬ companying thofe niches, cou’d not but produce an admirable eftedt. They, who in St. Peter s directed the Chappels of the Emp eror and the King of France (which have been fince dellroy’d) took their mo¬ del from this Edifice, which having all its parts fupporting one ano¬ ther, is prodigioully ltrong, and after fo long a time is Hill Hand¬ ing. The line A, B. which divides the Plan, /hews where the Settion of the < Temple is taken. CHAP. XII. Of the Temp/e of Jupiter. H P O N the Quirinal Mount, now call’d Monte cavallo, be¬ hind the Houfes of the Lords Colonna , are feen the vefliges of .. the following Edifice*, which is vulgarly call’d the Frontifpiece of Piero. Some affirm that there Hood the Tower of Mecenas, from which Nero faw the burning of Rome, to his no fmall fatisfadtion and delight. But herein they are egregioully deceiv’d, becaufe the Tower of Mecenas was on the Efquihne Mount, not far from the Baths of Diocleftan. Others have been of opinion that hyre dwelt thofe of the Cornelian Family. I, for my part, believe, that this was aTem- ple dedicated to Jupiter: becaule when I was at Rome 1 faw People dig¬ ging in the place where the body of the Temple ltood, where they found fome Iomck Capitels, which ferv’d for the inner part of the Temple, and were thofe of the angles of the Galleries; for, in my opinion, the middle of the Temple was uncover’d. The profpedl of this Temple was the falfe-wing’d, calld by Vitruvius Pfeudo- dipteros. Its manner was Pycnofiylos, or of Columns thick fct. * Ha It XXVIII. The [ 6 4 1 The Columns of the Porticos without were Corinthian. The Archi¬ trave, Frize and Cornice, were the fourth part of the height of the Co¬ lumns. The Architrave had its Cimafium of a very fine Invention. The Frize in the fides was carv’d with Foliage: but in the front, which is deftroy’d, there muft have been an Infcription. The Cornice has its Modilions fquare, and one of them comes diredtly over the middle of the Column. The Modilions, that are in the Cornice of the pede- ment, are perpendicular upon the Column, and ought tobeiomade. Within this Temple there mull have been Porticos, as I have drawn them. Round it was a Court adorn’d with Columns and Statues: before it were'two dories, which are now m the Street, arid From which this Hill has taken the name of Monte Cavallo. They were made, the one by Praxiteles, and the other by Phidias. There were very commodious Stairs, that went up to the Temple: and, in my judgment, this was the greateft and beft adorn d Temple of Rome. The Plan comprehends the whole Edifice, with the back part where the Stairs were, which, going one over another, led to the Courts on the fides of the Temple. The elevation of this kind ot Stairs, with their Plan on a large Scale, has been inferred by me into my firft Book, where I treat of the feveral ways of making Stairs. A. The Pedeflal where flood the Horfe made by Phidias ; the other being at a great dtftance from this could not be marked in the defign Half the * front of the Portico on meats of the Court. Half of t the inflde of the Temple, B. The Portico of the Temple. C. The Body of the Temple. D. The Courts on either fide of the Temple. the outflde, with part of the Orna- with part of the Ornaments of the Court. The flank ** of the Temple on the outflde. The flank ft of the inflde both of the Portico and of the Nave of the Temple. The Ornaments *** drawn at large. A. The Capitel. B. The Architrave. C- The FriZje. D. The Cornice. E. The Bafe of the Columns. F. Bafe of the Pilafters behind the Columns. G. The Acroterix, or fmall Pe- deflals bearing Statues. H. The Cornice round the Court. I. A Scale of four foot divided into 192 parts. ■ W®, XXIX. i Mm XXX. XXXL ft MwXXXII. *1* PlmXXXlU. N. B. [ 6 n N. B. That the Cornice H is drawn by a larger Scale than the Scalel, becaufe its fmall Members could not be other-wife diftinguifhed. CHAP. XIII. Of theTemple of Fortuna virilis, or Manly Fortune. PiHE following Temple *, now the Church of St. Mary the Ssiffll Egyptian, is feen alrnoft intire near the Senatorian Bridge, at preientSt. Marys. ’Tis not certainly known how it was an- tiently nam’d. Some maintain it was the Temple of Manly Fortune, of which it is recorded as a Miracle; that being in a Flame with all that was in it, the gilded wooden Statue, vhich was plac’d there by Servius Tullius, was the only thing no way damag’d by the Fire. But leeing that ordinarily the Temples dedicated to Fortune were made round, others have affirm’d that it was not a Temple, but the Bafi- lica of Cams Lucius: grounding their opinion upon certain Letters, which have been found, there. Neverthelefs, in my opinion, this cannot befo; as well becaufe the Edifice is little, whereas theBajilicas were neceflfarily very large, on account of the multitude of Perfons that reforted to them about their Affairs ; as that in the Bafilicas the Porti¬ cos were made within the Fabrick, and in this there is not the leaft fign of any Portico at all; whence I am certainly perfuaded, that it was a Temple. Its profpedt is Proftylos, and it has half Columns in the Walls of the Naveon the outfide, which accompany thofe of the Portico, and have the very fame Ornaments: l’o that to thofe, who view it in flank, itprefents the prolpebh Peripteros, or wing’d-round. The Intercolumnations are of two diameters and a quarter, whence its manner is Syflylos. The floor of the Temple is raisd from the ground fix foot and a half, to which there is an afeent by Steps, but¬ ted by the bafement that fupports the whole Fabrick. The Columns ate lonick, andtheBafe is Attick; tho one wou’d think it ftlou’d have been lonick too, as the Capitelis: but however it is not found in any Edifice, that the Antients made ufe of the lonick defcrib’d by Vitruvius. The Columns are fluted, having four and twenty Grooves. The vo- lutas of the Capitels are Elliptical, and the Capitels, that are in the angles of the Portico and the Temple, front two ways, which I do not remember to have feen any where elfe: and fince to me this in¬ vention appears beautiful and graceful, I have made ufe of it in * Plate XXXIV. VOL. III. s divers [ 66 ] divers Buildings. In the Defign will be learnt how it is done. The Ornaments of the Door of the Temple are very fine, and have an excellent proportion. This whole Temple is built of Peperino, which rs cover’d with Stuc. C. D. E. F. G. The Bafe of the Columns over the Baft’mcnt. H. Part of the Temple door feen in front. I . Profit of the fame with its fcrowl. A. The Steps to the Temple. B- The Portico of the Temple. The Temple. The Bafe "l of the Bafe- The Dado ,ment of the The Cimai&e J whole Fahrick. A Plan * and Elevation of the Temple in flank. A. The Steps to the Temple. C. Part of the Temple. B. The Portico of the Temple. Plan f and Elevation of the Temple in front. A. The Steps of the Temple. B. Apart of the Portico. The Ornaments ** of the outfide at large. D. Plan of the Capitel. E. The Capitel in front. F. The Architrave. G. The Fnz.e. H The Cornice. 1 . The Ornaments of the FritL-e at large. K. Plan of the Capitel feen by the angle, bj which one may obferve ho'uj it is to be made. L. Half of the Capitel feen in flank. M. A Profil of the faid Capitel without its Volute. N. B. That the faid Ornaments have been meafured with the Vicen- tine Foot divided into 48 Minutes, as above mentioned. ?!•*» K3» CHAP. XV. Of the Temple of Mars. SUgN that which is vulgarly call’d the Priefis Square, in your way &U 1 fr omt ^ e Rotunda to the Pillar of Antonine, are feen the re¬ remains of the ** following Temple, Which, according to fome was built by the Emperor Antonine, and dedicated to the God Mars. * Platt XXXIX. t Plate XL l* Piatt XU. Its [ 68 3 its profpeCt is Per.pteros, or wing’d round. Its manncns Pjcnofylos or of Columns thick fet. The Intercolumnations have a diameter and , half. The furrounding Porticos are io much larger by one nter- columnation, by how much more the Antes, or the 1 ilafters of the re¬ mainder of the Wall, do projeeft outwards The Columns ar*of the Cor,nth,an Order. The Safe is A,tick, and has a little Aftragalunder the cincture of the Column. The liftel of the endure is very Imall, and thus appears pretty enough. It is madems fmall every time that it is join’d with an Aftragal over the Torus of the Rale, bang hkewife a fort of Aftragal, becaufe there is no danger ot its breaking. The Ca¬ pitol is carv’d with Olive Leaves, and well contrived. The Architrave infteadof the Ogee has a half Ovolo, over which is a Cavetto; and this has many fine Intaglias, different from thofe of the Temple ot Peace, and the Temple we faid was on the Quirinal Mount dedicated to Jupiter. The Frizeprojeds one of dre eight parts of its height, and iwells m the middle. The Cornice has its modilion Square, and over this the Corona without dentil, as Vitruvius fays, ought to be done every time that Modihons are us’d; which rule, neverthclefs, is obferv’d.in few antient Edifices. Over the Cornice in the fides of the Temple is another little Cornice, the naked of which dlls perpendicular upon that of the Modilions, and was made to fet the Statues on it, that they might beintirely feen, and that their feet and legs might not be hid by the projedion of the Cornice. In the inner part of the Por¬ tico is an Architrave, of the height of that without: but different in this, that it has three Fafcias. The members which divide one Fafcia from another, are carv’d with little Intaglias of Leaves and little Arches, and the Idler Fafcia is alfo carv’d with Foliage. Befidesthis, inftcad of an Ogee this Fafcia has a Fufarole with a Gula wrought with Leaves very delicately. This Architrave bears the Arches of the Porticos. The Architrave, Prize, and Cornice, are one of the five parts and a half of the length of the Columns: and tho they be lei's than the fifth part, yet"they anfwer admirably, and are very beautiful- The outfide of the Walls are of Pepermc, and within the Temple are other Walls of Brick, that they might the better fupport the Vault, which was made with moil curious Squares, wrought with Stuc. Thefe Walls were cruftcd with Marble. There were alfo Niches and Co¬ lumns round, for Ornament. Almoft a whole flank of this Temple is yet to be feen; but 1 have endeavour’d to reprefent this Edifice entire, always following the delcription that Vitruvius has given of it. The t 6 9 3 The Elevation * of the Portico in front. The Elevation f of part of the Temple, feen without on one fide. The Elevation ** of another pa/t of the Portico, and of the Temple within. Tht Ornaments ff of the Columns on a large Scale. A. The Bafe. B. The Capitel. c. D. E. F. The Architrave. The Fri&e. The Cornice. The little Cornice of the Sta¬ tues. G The Soffita of the Architrave between the Columns, H. The Architrave of the inner part of the Porticos that fup- port the Arches of it. I . A Scale of four foot divided into rpi parts C H A P. XVI. Of the Baptifm of Conftantine. following draughts are of the Baptifm of Conftantine ***, which is at St.Johns in the Lateran. According to my judg- "' ment this Temple is a modern work, made out of thefpoils and ruins of antient Edifices. But becaufe the defign is beautiful, and that the Ornaments are very well carv’d with various forts of Intaglias (which may be uleful to an Architedt on feveral occa- lions) I thought my fclf in a manner oblig’d to infert it among the antient Works; and this by fo much the rather, as it is accounted a very good piece by every body. The Columns are of Porphyry, and of the Compofite Order. The Bafe is compounded of the Attick and the Ionick; having the two Torus’s Attick, and the two Scotias Ionick: but inftead of two Aftragals which are made between the Scotias in the Ionick, this has only one, which takes up the fame room that two wou’d. All thefe Members are excellently well wrought, and have molt beautiful Intaglias. The Bafes of the Columns in the Portico are adorn’d with Leaves, that go up along the fhaft of the Columns ; which is worth no¬ ticing, and fhows the judgment of the Architedt to be very fo- lid, who knew fo well how to accommodate things : the fhaft of the Columns not having been as long as they fhould be, and yet he by this management not taking from the work any thing of its Beauty or Majefty. I have made ufe my felf of the fame expedient in the Columns which I put for Ornament in the Door 1 l . * Plate XLlI. f Plate XLIII. ** Plate XLIV. ff Plate XLV- *** Plate XLVI. Vol. II. T of [ 7 ° 3 did not reach as far as was neceflary ; and yet are of Inch fine Mar¬ ble, that they deferv’d not to be left out of the work. The Capi¬ tals are compounded of Ionick and Corinthian, with Acanthus Leaves- How they ought to be wrought, is taught in my firft Book. The Architrave is mighty well carv’d, its C imafe having inftead of a Gulainverfa a Fui'arole and above half an Ovolo. TheFrize is plain. The Cornice has two Gula-rectas the one above the other, W hich is a thing that veryfeldom occurs: 1 mean that two members of the felffame fort fhou’d be put over each other, without feme other in¬ termediate member befides the Liftel. Over thefe Gula-rectas or Cimafiums is a Dentil, and then the Corona with its Ogee, andlaft of all a Gula-redta or another Cimafe: fo that in this Cornice the Ar¬ chitect: has avoided Modilions, by making Dentils. The particular * members at large. A. The Bafe. trave between each Column. B. The Capitel. E. Plan of the Capitel. F. A Scale of three foot di vi¬ ded into i ^ parts. C. The Architrave, Prize, and Cornice. D. The Soffite oj the Archi- C H A P. XVII. Of the Temple of Bramante. theMajefty of the Roman Empire begun to decline continual inundations of Barbarians , ARCHI i rivfet i TECTURE (as it then likew'ile happen’d to all other Arts and Sciences) declining from its firlt Beauty and Elegance, grew e- very day fo much worfe and worfe; that at laft, all knowledge of fine Proportions, and the elegant manner of Building being loft, it came to fuch a low ebb, that lower could not polfibly be. But all human Affairs being in a perpetual Flux and Motion and it fo coming to pafs, that at one time they afeend to the top of their perfection, and at another time defeend to the extremity of their imperfection : So ARCHITECTURE, in the time of our Fathers and Grand¬ fathers, breaking out of the darknefs, wherein it had lain fo long bury’d, begun to appear once more in the light of the World. Wherefore, under the Pontificate of Pope Julius II. Bramante, a molt excellent Man, and an obferver of the antient Edifices, made very » 1‘lai, XLVII beautiful beautiful Buildings in Rome ; and after him follow’d Michael Angeto Buonarroti, jacobo Sanfovino, Balthafar da Siena, Antonio da San Gallo, Michael da San Michele, Sehaftian Serlio, George Vafan, Jacobo Baroz>- da Vignola, and the Cavalier Lione, whole wonderful Fabricks mav be leen in Rome, Florence, Venice, Milan, and in other Cities of Italy: befides that moll of thefe were very excellent Painters, Sculptors, and a o Writers; lome of which are alive to this day, together with lome others, whom, to avoid prolixity, I forbear to name. But to return to our Subject; fince it is certain, that Bmmante was the firft, who brought to light the true and beautiful ARCHITECTURE, which lay hid from the time of the Antients to his own, I thought my felf with good Reafon oblig’d to afford room to his Works among thole of the laid Antients: therefore I have in this Book fet down the following Temple*, built by him upon th tcjamculan Mount; and call d San Pietro Montorio, not only from this Mount, but alfo be¬ came it is faid, that St. Peter the Apoftle was crucify’d there. Elevation f both of the in and outjide of the Temple. bZSSc. CHAP. XVIIL Of the Temp/e of Jupiter Stator. S ET WEEN the Capitol and the Palatm Mount, near the Roman Forum, are three * Columns of the Corinthian Order ■ which, according to fome, were part of the flank of the Temple of Vulcan-, and, according to fome others, of the Temple of Romulus. Neither are there wanting, who maintain, that they belong’d to the Temple of Jupiter Stator, (as ’tis alfo my belief) which Temple was vow’d to be built by Romulus; when the Sabines having by Treachery furpris’d the Capitol and Citadel, were vido- rioufly marching to the Palatine Mount, where he kept his Court Others yet are of opinion, that thefe Columns, together with thofe others below the Capitol, were part of the Bridge which Caligula caus’d to be made, for palling from the Palatine Mount to the Capitol • which opinion is known to have no appearance of truth, fince it may be feen by the Ornaments, that thefe Columns belong’d to two different Edi¬ fices ; befides that the Bridge, which Cahgula order’d to be made, was of Timber, andcrofs d xhz Roman Forum. But to return to ourfub- let thefe Col umns have pertain’d to what Temple you will, I * Plate XL VIII. f Plate XLIX. ** Plate L. ~~ ~"™ ~~ never C 7 2 ] never faw any better work, nor more delicately wrought. All the Members are molt beautifully form’d, and are excellently well un- derftood. 1 fancy the profpccl of this Temple was Per,ft eras, or wing’d-round; and that its manner was Pycnoftylos, or of Columns thick fet. In each front it had eight Columns, and fifteen in each flank, taking in thofe of the Angles. The Bafes are compounded of Attick and IontcL The Capitels deferve attention, on account of the fine Intaglias on the Abacus. The Architrave, Frize, and Cor¬ nice, have a fourth part of the length of the Columns. The Cor¬ nice alone wants little of the height of the Architrave and Frize to¬ gether, which is a thing I never faw in any other Structure. The Elevation * of the front of the Temple- The particular f Members at large. A. The Safe- Architrave between the Co- Pi. The Cafitel. lumns. C. The Architrave, Friz^e, and E. A Scale of four Foot divided Cornice. D. Part of the Sojfite of the into 192 farts. CHAP. XIX. Of the Temple of Jupiter the Thunderer. pllfT the foot of the Capitol are feen fome Veftiges of the fol- h T a H lowing ** Temple, which was dedicated to Jupiter the Thun- WkiMm derer, and built by Auguftus for having been deliver’d out of a great danger in the Cantabrian War; when in an expedition he made by Night, his Litter was pierc’d by an Arrow, whereby a Slave juft be¬ fore him was kill’d, without any danger to his own Perfon. Of this however I fomewhat doubt, becaufe the remaining Ornaments are molt delicately wrought, with beautiful Intaglias: and ’tis manifeft, that, in the times of Auguftus, Works were made folid and fubltan- tial : as may be feen by the Portico of the Rotunda to the Pantheon (now dedicated to the Virgin Mary) which is very plain and fimple, as are many other Edifices of that time. Some are of opinion, that the Columns here were part of Caligula's Bridge, the abfolute falfity whereof I have demo nitrated in the laft Chapter. The profpect of this T emple is what they call dipteros, or double wing’d- Tis true indeed, thatinthat part of it which is towards the Capitol, there was no Portico: but, as * Plate LI. | Plate LII. ** Plate LIU. far [ ?3 3 far as 1 could obferve in other Edifices built near Hills, I am of opinion, that, on that fide it was built after the manner you fee in the Plan; which is, that it had an extreme thick wall inclofing the Nave and the Porticos, and, after leaving fome fpace between, then another Wall with Stone Land-tyes, that enter’d into the Hill. The reafon why in fuch cafes the Antients made the firft Wall fo very thick, was, that the wet might nor penetrate into the inner part of the Edifice: and they made the other Wall with Stone Land-tyes, that it might be able to fuftain the continual weight of the Hill ; the laid void fpace being all’o left between both the laid Walls, that the Waters coming out of the Hill, and meeting there, might have their free courfe in fuch fort as to do no injury totheFabrick. The manner of this Temple was Pycnofylos. The Architrave and Frize were equal in the front, that it might receive an Infcriptidn, where¬ of fome Letters may ftillbe read. The Ovolo of the Cornice above the Frize is different from any I have yetfeen: and this variety, there being in the Cornice two Ovolos, is made with great Judgment. The Modilions of this Cornice are fo difpos’d, that direcftly over the center ol the Column there comes an empty Fpace, and not a Modilion, as it occurs alfo in fome other Cornices: altho that work¬ ing regularly, a Modilion fhou’d come juft over the middle of the Column. C. The fpaces between the But- ments. D. A Scale of ^oVicentine foot. A. The fpace between the two Walls. B. Thb Butments dgainfl the Hill. The particular * Members of the Portico at large. A. The Bafe. between the Columns- B. The Capitel. G A Scale of three foot divided C. The Architrave. into 144 parts. D. The PriZje. H. A large pannel occupying the E. The Cornice. whole Architrave and Friz,e F. The Soffit a of the Architrave to place the Infcription upon. Plate LTV. VOL. II. u CHAP .. r 74 1 CHAP. XX. Of the Pantheon, now call'd the Rotonda. F all the Temples which are to be been in Rome, none is more famous thaii the Pantheon, at prefent call d the * Ro¬ tonda ; nor indeed that is more intire, feeing it appears ah moft in its original State, as to what regards the habrick, but llript of all its Statues and other Ornaments. According to the opinion of fome, it was built by Marcus Agrippa, about the 14th \ear ot Chrift: but I am apt to believe, that the body of the 1 emplc was erected in the time ot the Republick, and that Agrippa only added the Portico to it, which may be concluded from the two frontons in the front of it. This Temple was call'd the Pantheon, either be- caufe, after Jupiter, it was confecrated to all the Gods; or, as others will have it, becaufe it bears the figure of the World, or is round The height of it from the floor to the opening at the top, (whence it receives all its light) is the Diameter of its breadth from one Wall to the other: and as People go down to the floor, lo antiently they afeended to it by fome Steps. Among the moll; famous things which we read were in this Temple, was the Statue of Minerva made of Ivory by Phidias ; and another of Venus, which had in its ear for a pendant the one half ot that Pearl, whereof Cleopatra difl'olv’d the o.ther half, and drunk it at Supper to furpafs the liberality of Anthony. ’Tis laid, that this half only of that Pearl was valu’d at 2 5-othouland Ducats of Gold. This whole Temple was of the Corinthian Order, as well without as within. The Bafes are. compounded of Attick and lonick; and the Capitels are wrought with Olive Leaves. The Ar¬ chitraves, Frizes, and Cornices, have very fine Moldings, but other- wile little carving. In the thicknefs of the Wall are certain void lpaces left quite round the Temple, both to preferve it the better againft Earthquakes, and alfo to fave expence and materials. This Temple has a moft beautiful Portico in front, in wholeFrize maybe read thefe words. M. AGrippa. L. F. Cos. III. fecit- * Plat, LV. Under [7f3 Under which, that is, in the Fafcias of the Architrave, is this other Infcription in fmaller Letters, which fhows that the Emperors Septi- mius Seat eras and Marcus Auretius repair’d this Temple confum’dwith Age. Imp. Caef. Septimtus. Severus. Pius. Pertinax Arabicus. Parthkus. Pontif. Max. Trib. Pot XI Cos. III. P. P. Procos. ct. Imp. Caef. Marcus Aurelius. Antonias. Pius. Felix. Aug. Trib Pot. V. Cos. Procos. Pantheum 'vetuftate. (confumtum) Cum. omni. cultu. refiitucrunt. In the thicknefs of the Wall within the Temple are feven Chap- pels with Niches, in which there mult have been Statues of courfe; and between one Chappel and another there is a Tabernacle, fo that there are eight Tabernacles in all. Many will have it, that the Chap- pel in the middle over againft the Entry is not antient, becaufe its Arch breaks into fome of the Columns of the fecond Order; but that in the Chriftian times fince Pope Boniface, who firft dedicated this Temple to our divine Worfhip, this Chappel is added, as be¬ comes Chriftian Churches, to have one principal Altar, greater than the reft. Since I perceive neverthelcfs, that it agrees with the reft of the work perfectly well, and that it has all its Members excel¬ lently finifh’d, I hold it for certain that it was made, at the fame time with the reft of the Temple. This Chappel has two Columns, that is, one of a fide, which project out, and are fluted ; the fpace between one Groove and another being cabled and curioully finilll- ed. The Stairs mark’d in the Plan on each fide the Entry lead over the Chappels in a fecret paflage, which goes quite round the Temple, and by which one goes out to the Steps, in order to afeend to the top of the Edifice, by other Stairs that are round it. That part of'an Edifice, which is feen behind the Temple, and mark’d M, is part of the baths of Agrippa. * Half of the fore-front. f Half of the front under the Portico. This Temple, as may be feen in thefe two draughts, has two Frontifpieces ; the one in the Portico, the other on the Wall of the Temple- Where you fee the Letter A, there are certain Stones jut¬ ting out of the Wall, which I cannot imagine what they ferv’d for. Thejoiftsof the Portico are all made of Tables of Copper. * Plan LVI. t Plan LVir. The t 7 6 ] * The elevation in flank of all the outfide B. The fecond Cornice, that furrounds the whole Temple f The elevation in flank of the infide of the Portico. ** The Ornaments of the Portico at large. the Columns F. The turning of the Canlicoles of the Capttels. G. The Soffit a of the Architrave between the Columns. H. The Architrave, Friz^e and Cornice of the Door. I. The Fefloons which adorn the fide of the Door. A. The Bafe. B. The Capitel. C. The Architrave, Friz,e, and Cornice. D. The molding of the Ornaments made over the Columns, and the Pilafters on the infide of the Portico. E. The Plan of the Pilafters of the Portico, correfponding to ft Part of the Elevation of the infide over againft the Entry, where is feen how the Chappels and Tabernacles are difpos’d, and with what Ornaments: as alfo how the Squares are comparted in the Vaults, which that they were adorn’d with Plates of Silver, is very probable by certain Veftiges remaining there: for if fuch Ornaments had been of Bronze, theywou'd not doubtlefs have been taken away, no more than thofe which, as I have laid before, are in the Portico. *** Alargedefign of one of the Tabernacles in front, with part of the Chappels by it. fit The Ornaments of the Columns and Pilafters on the infide of the Temple. A. The Bafe. of theCapitels. B. The Capitel. G. The fluting of the Pilafters. C. The Architrave. H. A Scale of three foot divided D. The Friz^e. into T44 parts with which E. The Cornice the faid Ornaments have been F. The turning of the Cauli coles. meafured. The Ornaments of the Tabernacles, which are between the Chappels, and in which may be remark’d the excellent judgment of the Architetft, who, in the Architrave, Frize, and Cornice of thefe Tabernacles, becaufe the Pilafters of the Chappels were not fo far out of the Wall as to be able to receive the whole Projedfure of this Cor¬ nice, has made only a large Ogee or Gula re (da, and the remainder of the Members he converted into a Fafcia. A. The Embafement. B. The Bafe. ■ Plait LVIII. } Plate Lix. V, Plat! LX1V. ** Plate I-X. ft Plate LXL * Plate LXII. nt Plate LXIII. C. The [ 77 ] C. The Capitel. • n t. The Cornice. D. The Architrave. G. A Scale of three foot divided E. The Friz,e. into 144 parts. And with this Temple let us make an end of the Draughts of the Tem¬ ples which are in Rome. CHAP. XXI. Of the Draughts of fome Temples that are out of Rome, or in other parts of Italy; and firft of the Temple of Bacchus. I T H O U T St. Agnes Gate at prefent fo nam'd, but by thd Antients call’d the Viminal Gate, from Mount Viminalis on which it Hands, may be feen pretty intire the Temple * that follows, and which is now dedicated to St. Agnes. I am of opinion it was a burying place, becaufc there was found in it a very large Coffin of Porphyry, finely carv’d with Vines; and little Children gathering the Grapes- This has led fome People to believe, that it was the Tem¬ ple of Bacchus. Wherefore, fince this is the common opinion, and that it ferves now for a Church, I have plac’d it among the Temples. Before the Portico of it may be feen the Veftiges of a Court which was of an Oval form, and which I fancy was adorn’d with Columns; as well as that in the Intercolumnation there were Niches, wherein flood the Statues of the fome. The Gallery of this Temple, by what can be feen of it, was made with Pilafters, and confifled of three voids. In the inner part of the Temple, the Columns which fupported the Cupola were plac’d two by two. All thefe Columns are of Granate, andtheBafes, Capitels, and Cornices are of Marble. The Bafesare after the Attick manner, the Capitels are very fine, and of the Compo- fitc Order, having fome Foliage that proceed on each fide from rite Rofes, and that add much Grace to the Volutas. The Archi¬ trave, Prize and Cornice, are not extraordinarily well wrought, which perfuadesnie that this Temple was not built in the good times, but ra¬ ther under fome of the late Emperors It is inrich’d with much Work and various Compartments, partly of fine Stones, and partly of Mo- laic, as well in the Floor, as in the Walls and Arches, f The Elevation of the outfide of theTcmple. ** Shows how the Columns are order’d to fupport the Cupola. * Phot LXV. \ Plate LXVI. ** Plate LXVII. V O L. II. X A- The C 78 ] A- The Bafe. B. The Capitel. C. The Architrave, Friz>e, and D. The fpringing of the Arches. Cornice. E. A Scale of t r cuo foot divided into 96 parts, with which the faid parts are meafur d. CHAP. XXII. Of the Temple whofe Veftiges are feen near St. Sebaf- tian’j Church on the Appian Way. g»ITHOUT St. Sebaftians Gate, which in old times was |B® call’d the Appian Gate (from that moll famous Way, which, with fuch wonderful art and prodigious expence, was made by Appius Claudius) are feen the Vefliges of the following Edifice*, near to the faid Church of St. Sehaflian. As far as may be conjectur d, it was wholly built of Brick. A part of the Galleries that furrounded the Court is yet {landing. The Entry in the faid Court had double Galleries; and on the one fide and the other of this Entry there were Chambers, which mull have been for the ufe of the Priefls. The Temple was in the middle of the Court: and that part of it which is now feen Handing above Ground, and upon which was the floor of the Temple, is moll folid Work, having no light but from the Doors, and from fix little Windows that are in the Niches; for which rea- fon it is fomewhat obfcure, as are almoft all the antient Temples. Before the front of this Temple, right over the Entry of the Court, are the Foundations of the Portico; but the Columns are now taken away: I have neverthelefs reprefented them in the fame dimenfions and diftances, which they mud have had, as may be known by the faid Foundations. A. The Plan of the Temple and C. The angular Pilafters of the Portico under the Area. Court at large. B. The Floor or Area of the Tem- D. The other Pilafters that make pie and Portico under the faid the Galleries round the Court. Area. ■ Pl.tte LXV1II CHAP. [ 79 ] CHAP. XXIIi. Of the Temple o/Vefta. T Tivoli, diftant from Rome {wteen Miles, upon the fall of the River Amen, now call’d Teverone, is feen the following round Temple*, which the I nhabitants of thofe places fay was the ha¬ bitation of the Tiburttn Sibyl. But this opinion is without any founda¬ tion: and therefore, for the reafons given above, I believe this Temple was dedicated to Vefia. It is of the Corinthian Order. The Interco- lumnations are of two diameters. The floor is rais’d from the ground the third part of the length of the Columns. The Bafes have no Zoc- co, to the end the walking place under the Portico Ihould be more am- pleandeafy. The Columns are juft as long as the Nave is large; and they incline towards the Wall of the Nave in fuch a manner that the naked at the top of the Columns falls perpendicularly upon the naked of the bottom of their fhaft, towards the infide. The Capitels are excellently well done, and wrought with Olive Leaves ; whence I con¬ clude that this Temple was built in the good times. The Door and the Windows are narrower at the top than at the bottom, as Vitruvius directs fhou’d be done in the fixth Chapter of his fourth Book. This whole Temple is of Tiburtin Stone, cover’d with mod fine Stone, which makes it feem all of Marble. f The Elevation of the outfide and infide of the Temple. ** The Members of the Portico and Cornice at large. A. The Bafement that goes round F. A Vault that goes round the all the Temple. Portico. B. The Bafe of the Columns. G. A Scale of three foot divided C. The Capitel. into 144 parts. D. The Architrave, Friz,e, and H. The Ornaments of Friz^e Cornice. round the Temple. E. The Soffita of the Portico. ft The Ornaments of the Door and Windows. A. The Ornaments of the Door. dovus on the infide. B. The Ornaments of the Win- D. A Scale of two foot divided clows on the outfide. into 96 parts. C. The Ornaments of the Win- The Fafcias of the Ornaments of the Door and the Windows are different from thofe that are ufually made. The Aftragals, which are under the Cimafiums, project beyond them, which is a thing I have not feen in other Ornaments. * Platt LX1X. t Platt LXX. Plate LXXI. It Plate LXXII. CHAP. [ 8 ° 3 CHAP. XXIV. Of the Temple 0/Caftor and Pollux. gMigN a very fine part of the City of Naples, below the Square of jTj§ the Palace and the Vic an a, is feen the Portico of a Temple * “* bmh and con f ccrat ed to Caftor and Pollux by Tiberius juhus Tarfus, and by Pclago't he freed-man of Auguftm, as it appears by its Infcription in the following Greek Letters. TIBEPIOS IOTAIOS TAP20S AIOS KOTPOIS KAI TH 110AEI TON NAON KAI TA EN NAD. nEAArON 2 EBA 2 TOT A!lEAET©EPOS KAI EllITPOnOS 2TNTEAE2A2 EK TON IATON KA0IEPO2EN. That is in Latin, tiberivs Julius tarsus Jovis filiis eturbi TEMPLUM ET QUAE IN TEMPLO. PELAGO AUGUSTI LIBERTUS ET PROCURATOR PFwrriFNS EX PROPRIIS DEDICAVIT. Which words fignify that Tiberius Julius Tarfus begun to build this TemDle, and the things in the fame, to the Sons of Jupiter (lean¬ ing Caftor and Pollux ) and to the City: and that Pelago the Freedman and CommilTary of Auguftm finifh’d it with his own Money, andcon- fecrated it. This Portico is of the Corinthian Order. 1 he Interco- lumnations are more than a diameter and a half, but come not to two diameters. The Bafes are made after the Attick manner. The Capitels are carv'd with Olive Leaves, and moll diligently wrought. Very fine is the invention of the Stalks or Caulicoles which are under the Role, and which are knotted together: They iffue out of the Foliage, which, in the upper part, cover the other Stalks that fupport the Horns of the Capitel. From this inllance therefore, no lels than from leveral others fcatter’dup and down this Book, it is evident that an Architect is not reftrain’d departing fometimes from common methods or ufage, pro¬ vided fuch variation be agreeable and natural. There is carv d in the Fronton a Sacrifice in Baffo-relievo, by the hand of a moll excellent Sculptor. Somewillhave itthatthere were two Temples in this place, the one round, and the other fquare. There remains no trace ot the round one, and the fquare one is in my opinion modern: Wherefore, without medling with the body of the Temple, I have only in the firll draught given the upright of the front of the Portico. The [ 8 * 3 * The particular Members at large. A. The Bafe. , Cornice. B. The Capitel. D. A fcale of four Foot divided C. The Architrave, Fnz^e, and into 192 parts. CHAP. XXV. Of the Temp/e which is below Trevi. p ET WEEN Fuligno and Spoleti, below Trevi, Hands the lit¬ tle Temple f to which belong the following Draughts. The Bafement that fupports it is eight foot and a half high; to which height one afeends by Steps which proceed from the fides ot the Portico, and which end in two fmall Porticos, that iflue out ol the remainder ol this Temple. The piofpedt of it is Profiylos, and the Columns fet very dole. The Chappel, which is over againft the Entry of the Nave, has mighty fine Ornaments, and the fluting of the Co¬ lumns is Spiral: Thefe Columns, as well as thofe of the Porticos, are of the Corinthian Order, and delicately wrought, with a curious variety of Intaglias. By this Temple therefore, and by all the other Temples, what I laid in the firft Book appears to be manifeftly true; which is, that the antients in fuch fort of Edifices, and particularly in the lmalleft, us’d very great diligence and exactnefs in polifhing every part, and fet- ting them off with all the Ornaments poflible, provided they were na¬ tural and graceful: Whereas in the great Fabricks, fuch as Amphithe¬ atres and the like, they only polifh’d certain parts, leaving the remain¬ der rough, to avoid both the expence and the time that would be requi- fite to polilh all; asfhallbefeeninmyAooi of Amphitheatres, which I hope to publifh fpeedily. A. The Plan of the Body of the Temple. B. The Plan of the Portico. C. The Plan under the Embafe- ment of the Portico. D. The Bafe of the Emhafement. E. The Dado of the Embafement. F. The Cornice of the f aid Em¬ bafement. ** The Elevation of half the front on the outfide, ff The Elevation of the inner half. *** The Elevation of the flank. G. The Bafe of the Columns. El The Bafe of the Pilaflers and Columns of the little Porticos. E The Capitels of the fame. K. The Architrave, Friz^e, and Cornice. L. The Steps that lead to the Tem¬ ple. * P/ate I.XX1V. t P/fflfLXXV. ** Pl.ite tXXVI. tt Matt,LXXVII. *** Platt LXXVIII. VOL. II. ' Y The [ 3a ] * The Ornaments of the Temple drawn at large. A. The Capttel. D. The CDrntce. B. The Architrave. E. A Scale of two foot divided C. The Friz^e. into 96 parts. ■ao-'f 5C* * -C \ gO'-O? |©M&§ §<►«(>§ jtr C H A P. XXVI. Of the Temple of Scifi. p|f§ji|| H E following Temple f is in the Square of Scifi, a City of ftr» Vmbria, and is of the Corinthian Order. What deferves ob- mtl&W fervation in this Temple, are the Pedeftals, plac’d under the Columns of the Portico; becaufe, as I faid above, in all the other anticnt Temples where the Columns of the Porticos reach to the ground, I never faw any that had Pedeftals. Between one Pedeltal and the other are the Steps that afeend from the Square to the Portico. The Pedeftals are as high, as the middle Intercolumnation is large, which is two Inches larger than the reft. The manner of thisTem- ple is what Vitruvius calls Sjflylos, that is, of two diameters. The Ar¬ chitrave, Prize, and Cornice together, are a fifth part the height of the Columns, and fomewhat more. The Cornice of the front inftead of Modilions, has fome Leaves, and in the remaining part it is altogether like that which is diredtly over the Columns. The Nave of the Tem¬ ple is a fourth part longer than it is large. ** The Elevation of the front of the Temple, ft The Ornaments at large. A. The Pedeflal. B. The Bafe of the Columns. C. The Capitels. D. The Architrave. E. The Friz_e. F. The Cornice. G. The Foliage carved in the Cor¬ nice of the Pediment, inflead of Modilions. H. The Acrotirias. I. A Scale of two foot divided into 96 parts. CHAP. XXVII. Of the Draughts of fome Temples which are out of Italy ; and frfl of the two Temples of Pola. X Pola, aCityof Iftria, betides a Theatre, an Amphitheatre, jy.Jj;,! and a Triumphal Arch (which are extremely fine Edifices, and of each whereof I fhall treat, and give their Draughts in due place) there are on the hme fide of the Square two Temples *** of * Plate LXXIX. t Plate LXXX * ■ Plate LXXXI. tt Plate LXXXII. *•* Plate LXXXI1I. equal equal dimenfions, having the feme Ornaments, and diftant from each other fifty eight Foot, four Inches. Their draughts follow this ac¬ count. The profpedt of them is Proftylos , and the manner of them is what, after Vitruvius, I have above call’d SjJljlos, which has the Inter- columnations of two Diameters; only that the middle Intercolumna- tion has two Diameters and a quarter. Round thele Temples there goes a Bafement, on the top of which they have their Area or Floor, to which the afcent is by Steps plac’d in the front, as has been feen in many other Temples- ThcBafesof the Columns are after the At- tick manner, and have their Plinth as thick as all the remainder of the Bafe. The Capitels are wrought with Olive Leaves very neatly. The Stalks aie cover d with Foliage of Oak Leaves, which difference isfel- dom feen in others, and delervcs to be remark d. The Architrave is likewife different from the molt part of others, becaufe its firftFafcia is large, the fecond lefs, and the third under the Cimafium ftill lefs than this, befides that thefe Fafcias lhoot out in their lower part, which was defignedly done, that the Architrave might projedt the lefs, and lo not hide the InfcriptionontheFrize of the front, which js as follows. ROMAE ET AVGVSTO CAE saris iETfT. F. PAT. PATRIAE. The Foliage of the faid Frize furround the other parts of the Tem¬ ple. The Cornice has few Members, and is wrought with the ufual Intaglias. The Ornaments of the Door are gone: but I have made them in fuch a manner as I think they ought to have been. The Nave is a fourth part longer than it is large. The whole Temple, taking in the Portico, is longer than it is large two Squares. A. The Steps which lead, to the B. The Portico. Temple. C. The body of the Temple. * The Elevation of a part of the Temple in flank. A. The Ornaments of a Door of Capitel. my Invent,on. C - A Scale of three Foot divided B. The Profil of the Bell of the into 144 parts. t The Elevation of the front of the faid Temple. A. The Steps leading to the Tem¬ ple. ** The Ornaments at large. A. The Pedefial or the Emhafe- ment of the Temple. B. The Bafe of the Columns. C. The Capitel B. A part of the Portico. D. E. The Architrave. The Fntse. F. The Cornice. * Plate LXXXIV. t Plate LXX.X V. “ i’&«Lxxxvr. G. £ 84 3 N. B. The Scde by whfch'tSaid Ornaments have been meafured is in Plate 84, Letter C. CHAP. XXVI1L Of the wo Temples of Nimes, and firft of that ' which is call'd la Maifon quarree, or the Jquare Hoitfe. Nimes, a City of Languedoc, which was the native Country among many other ™ jl of the Emperor Antoninus Pius, are leen. ™ magnificent and curious remains of Antiquity, the two follow¬ ing Temples. * This, of which I am firft going to treat, is by the Inhabitants of the place call'd la Maifon quarree, or the fquarcHoufe, becaufe it is of a quadrangular form: And they affirm it was zBafihca or Court of Tuftice (of which Bafthcas, their ufe, and manner of Build¬ ing, I have already difcours’d in the third Book, according o mfnd of Vitruvius-) but becaufe their form was high, I believe this lower Edifice to have been a Temple. What is the profpecft and man¬ ner of it, is manifeft enough from what has been laid of fo many other Temples. The floor of this Temple is elevated from theground ten Foot, five Inches. For aBafement quite round it there is a Pc- deftal, upon theCimafiumof which are two Steps, which fupport the Bafe of the Pillars: And it may very well be, that Vitruvius meant fuch Steps, when, at the end of the third Chapter of his third Book, he fays that in making a continual Embafement round a Temple, the Scamlli (which perhaps are thefe Steps or elfe Zoccos) under the Bafes of the Columns ought to be made unequal, falling direStly plum ever-the na¬ ked of the Pedeftal which is under the Columns, and being equal under the Bafe of the Column and above the Cimafum of the Pedeftal. This pal- fiio- e has exercis’d the confideration of many. The Bale ot this Bale- ment has few Members, and is thicker than the Cimafium; as I have elfewhcte directed lhould be done in Pedeftals. The Bale of the Co¬ lumns is Atttck, but has moreover fome Aftragals, whence it rnay be call’d Compofite, and agreeable to the Corinthian Order. The Capitels are wrought with Olive Leaves, and have the Abacus carv d. The Role plac’d in the midft of the fore-part ot the Capitel takes up the height of the Abacus and the Filet of the Bell; which, as I have re¬ mark’d, is follow'd in all the antient Capitels of this fort. 1 he Ar- ■ Pirn LXXXVII. chitravc, [ 8 * ] chitrave, Frizc and Cornice are a fourth part of the length of the Co¬ lumns, and all the parts of them are very finely carv’d. The Modi- lions are different from all thole I have feen, this difference of theirs from the common fort being very ornamental: And whereas the Ca- pitels are of Olive Leaves, thefe are carv’d with Oak Leaves. Over the Gula reBa inftead of a Fillet is carv’d anOvolo, which is feen in few Cornices. The fronton is exadtly finifh’d as Vitruvius, in the place above-cited, directs. Becaufe of nine parts of the length ol the Cornice, one of them is put in the height of the fronton under its Cornice.TheJambsorPilaftersof the Doors are thick in front, afixth part of the largenefs of the light or void fpace. This Door has feve- ral fine Ornaments, and perfectly well carv’d. Over its Cornice, even with its Jambs, are two pieces of Stone wrought after the man¬ ner of Architraves, and advancing out of the faid Cornice. In each of them is a fquare hole large every way ten Inches and a half, thro which I fancy they let down certain long pieces reaching to the ground, to bear an additional Door to be taken up or down at Pleafure, and made Lettice-wife; to the end that the People Handing without might fee what was done in the Temple, without being any hindrance to the Priefts. A- The Steps leading to the Tem¬ ple. B. The Portico of the Temple. C. Pi plan of the two bor'd Stones, projeBing over the Cornice of the Door. * The Elevation of the front of the Temple. f The Elevation of the flank. ** Part of the Members at large. A. The Bafe ?of the Pedef- B. The CimaftumS tal. C. The Bafe of the Columns. D. Half of the Capitel. E. The Architrave. F. The Priz^e and the Foliage carv’d in it. G. The Cornice. D. The holes of ten Inches and a half fquare in the middle of the faid Stones. E. The Door of the Temple. F. The body of the Temple. H. The Ornaments of the Door. I. The fcrowls of the Door in front. K- The Frofilof the faidfcrowl. L- The Stone over the Cornice. M. A Scale of three foot divided into 144 parts. * Plate LXXXVIII i W.UfLXXXIX. ** Plate XC. V 0 L. II. ) CHAP. C 86 ] , r . „ Y ,. r? ■ rf c-*#; XStXSSSS ;.-&jC&x&.C& iXVi&uS.eX', «ii CHAP. XXIX. 0/' the other Temple of Nimes. pSES§H E following draughts belong to the other Temple * of Ni- ®'J mes, laid by the Inhabitants of that City to have been the AOnjoja Temple of Vejta ; which in my opinion cannot be, as well be - caufc the Temples of Vejta were made round, after the figure of the Earth, whereof fhe was held to be the Goddefs: As that this Temple had the Paffages on three fides of it inclos’d with Walls, in which were the Doors to the fides of the Cell, and the Door of the Nave it felf in the front, fo that it could receive light from no quarter. Now, as no reafon can be given why obfeure Temples fhould be made to Vejta, 1 therefore believe this Temple was dedicated to fome of the infernal Deities. In the inner part of this Temple are Tabernacles, in which there mult have been Statues. The infide of the Temple over-againlt the Door is divided into three parts. The Area or Floor of the middle part is level with the reft of the Temple: The other two parts have their Floors elevated to the height of the Pedellals, and you afeend to them by two pair of Stairs which begin in the Paffages, which, as I have laid, come round this Temple. The Pedellals area little higher than the third part of the length of the Columns. The Bafes of the Co¬ lumns are compounded of the Attick and Iomck, and have a molt fine Profil The Capitels are likewife Compofite, very curioully wrought and polifll’d. The Architrave, Prize, and Cornice, are without In- taglias; and very Ample are the Ornaments of the Tabernacles, which are round the Nave. Behind the Columns which are oppofite to the Entry, and that make in our way of fpeaking the great Chappel, there arc fquare Pilafters, which have likeCompofit Capitels, but different from thole of the Columns, and even different among themfelves,- be- caufe the Capitels of the Pilafters which are immediately next the Co- lums have different Intaglios torn the other two: But they have all of them lo fine and agreeable a form, and are of fo excellent an inven¬ tion, that I remember not to have feen any Capitels of that fort better or more judicioully made. Thefe Pilafters bear up- the Architraves of the Chappels on the fides, to which you afeend, as 1 faid, by the Stairs ol the Paffages; and for this reafon they are this way larger than the Columns are thick, which is worthy of Confideration. The Co¬ lumns, which are round the Nave, fupport certain Arches made of * Plait XU. fquare fquare Stones: And from one of thefe Arches to the other are plac'd the Stones that make the greater Vault of the Temple. This whole Edifice is made of fquare Stones, and is cover’d with flat Stones fo plac d, that the end of one comes over the beginning of the other, that it is not poilible for the Rain to penetrate. I have us’d very great diligence about thefe two Temples, becaule they appear’d to me to be Edifices deferving the utmoft Confideration; and whereby it may be known, that it was as it were the property of that Agetoun- derftand every where the true way of Building. Elalf what appears of the infide over-againft the Door. f The Elevation of part of the flank infide. * + The Ornaments of the Tabernacles, Columns, and Soffitas, all which are refer d to by the following Letters. A. The Pedejlal. 1. The Architrave, Friz^e and B. The Safe of the Column and fmall Cornice over the Pi- Pilaflers. C. Plan of the Capitel. D. The Capitel of the Columns. E. The Prof l of the Capitel vuith- out the Volutas. F. The Architrave, Frizae and Cornice over the Columns. G. The Capitel of the Pilafers behind the middle Columns. El. The Capitel of the other Pi- lajle. Infers behind the middle Co¬ lumns. K. The Ornaments of the Taber¬ nacle which are between the Columns round the Ttmple. L. The Ornaments of the Taber¬ nacle of the great Chappel in the middle of the Temple. M. N, O. The Compartments of the Sojfta of the j'aid Chappel. iters. N. B. The abovefaid Compartments have been defign’d by a fmaller Scale. P. A Scale of three Foot divided into 144 parts. CHAP. XXX. Of two other Temples in Rome, and fir ft of the Tem¬ ple of Concord. K SID E S the Temples delineated above, when 1 treated of thole that are in Rome, there may befeenatthefoot of the O- pitol, near to the Arch of Septimius (wherethe Roman forum be¬ gun) the Columns of the Portico of the following ff Temple; which, * Platt X CII. iPlate XCIII. "fiaXOV. ttPteXCV. [ 88 ] n confequence of a Vow, was built by Furius Camillas, and, accord¬ ing to feme, dedicated to Concord. The publrck Affairs were fre¬ quently debated in this Temple, to which we may conclude that it was confecrated: Becaufe the Priefts would not fuffer the Senate to meet about matters of State except only in confecrated Tem¬ ples, and thofe only were confecrated that were built according to the directions of the Augurs ; for which reafon, and the treating therein of the Cares of the Government, the Temples fo made were alio call d Curu. Among many Statues with which this Temple was adorn d. Writers make mention of that of Latona, holding in her Arms Apollo and Diana her Children ,- and likewife the Statue of Efculapms and his Daughter Hygicia , or Health ; thofe of Mars, Minerva, Ceres, Mer¬ cury, and that of ViSory, which was in the fronton of the Portico, and which, in the Confulfhip of Marcus Marcellus and Marcus Va¬ lerius, was ft ruck with a Thunderbolt. By what may be gather’d from the Infcription remaining ftill on theFrize, this Temple was deftroy d by Fire, and afterwards rebuilt by order of the Senate and People of Rome; whence I am apt to believe, that it does not come up to the Beauty and Perfection of the firft. The Infcription is thus. S' P' QJR. INCENDIO CONSVMPTVM RESTITVIT. That is, ‘ The Senate and People of JRowehavere-cdify’dthisTem- < pi e confum’d by Fire.’ The Intercolumnations are ihort of two Diameters. The Bafes of the Columns are compounded of At tick and fonick. They are fomewhat different from fuch as are commonly made, but finifh’d very finely. The Capitels may be likewife laid to have a mixture of Dorick and lonick, and are perfectly well wrought. The Architrave and Frize in the front on the outfide are even with each other, and no diftinction between them ; which was done, that an Infcription might be put there: But on the infide, that is, under the Portico, they are divided, and have their feverallntaglias, which may be feen in their Draughts. The Cornice is fimple, that is, with¬ out Intaglias. No part of the old Walls of the Nave can be feen, but the prefent Walls have been made fince, and not extremely well: But neverthelefs we know how they ought to have been. A. The Steps leading to theTem- B. The Portico. pl e C. The body of the Temple. * The Elevation of the front of the Temple. f The leveral Members at large. A. The Bafement that goes round the Temple. Platt X CVI. t Platt XCVll. B. The B The Safe of the Columns. C. The front D. Half the Plan > of the Capitel. E. The Profil 'without the Volutas j F. The Architrave, Friz,e and Cornice. G. The Architrave and Cornice within the Portico . H. A Scale of three foot divided into 1 44 parts. CHAP. XXXI. Of the 7 emp/e of Neptune. if Plf V ER again ft the Temple of Mars the Avenger, m hereof we 5)! _°J| have given the Draughts above, in the place call'd in Pan- ■SissisSBi tano, behind Adarforio, ftood antiently the following * Tem¬ ple, whofe Foundations were difeover'd in digging for building a Houfe; and there was alfo found great ftore of marble Stones, all excellently wrought. It is not known by whom it was built, nor to what God dedicated: But becaufe in the fragments of theCimafiumof its Cornice are feen Dolphins carv’d, and that in fome places between the Dolphins there are Tridents, I perfuade my felf it was dedicated to Neptune. Its profpedt was Peripteros, or wing’d round. Its manner was Pjcnofiylos, or thick of fet Columns. The Intercolumnations of it were the eleventh part of the diameter of the Columns, wanting a Diameter and a half; which I think deferves notice, fince I never law in any other antient Edifice fuchfmall Intercolumnations. Tho no part of this Temple is left Handing, yet from the remains of it, which are many, it was poflible to come at the knowledge of the whole; that is, of the Plan, the Elevation, and the particular Members, which are all wrought with admirable skill. f The Elevation of half the front, without the Portico. A The Door of the Temple. D. The Cornice. B. The Architrave round the E. A Scale of fix Foot divided in- Door. to I'm parts. C. The Frieze. ** The Elevation of half the front under the Portico, that is, the firft Columns being taken away. F. The Profil of the Pilajlers which are round the Nave of the Temple, over-againft the Columns of the Porticos. * Plate X CVIII. tPteeXCIX. ** Plate C. VOL. II, A a G. The [ 9 ° ] G. The Cor iota of the JVail of the Nave onthe out fide, upon whicTI begins the divifion of the ruftick Mafonry of the Wall. H. The Prof lof the ruftick Mafonry of the IVall. ' ■ I. A Scale of fix Foot divided into 288 parts. * The particular Members at large. A. The Bafe. C. The Architrave, Fri&e, and B. The Capitel. Cornice. f The Compartments, and the Intaglias of the Soffitasof the Por¬ ticos which are round the Nave. E. The Prof lof the Sofftas. F- A Scale of three foot divided into 144 parts. G. The Sojfta of the Architrave, between one Capitel and another. v Plate Cl. f Plate CII. REMARK. Here are the two Cuts** which ] mentioned at the end of the fecondBook, that were probably mfiay d during the hurry of fo laborious an Edition made by Palladio of his Works. Perhaps, as Air. de Chambray has it, they were not drawn till afterwards, purpofingthem for a fecond Edition, which in all likely hood he would have enrich'd vith many more of the like nature ; as may be gathered from what he J.aid above in the zqth Chapter, wherein he promi- fes foon to publijh his draughts of the Amphitheatres ; befides what he had al¬ ready promifed in the igth Chapter of the firfi Book in relation to the Trium¬ phal Arches : But as that part of his J! orks has not appeared, we may con¬ clude that he didnot live long enough to execute his defign. This Temple is of the YDonclt Order, and thoplain to outward appearance, it was neverthe- lefs pi ac dby Ant. Labaco among the antient Buildings. Palladio mentions it hkewife m the 1 qth Chapter of his frjl Book, where he calls it the Temple of Piety. It feems hkewife that Vitruvius has had the fame in view in the third Chapter of his fourth Book, when he fpeaks of the inconveniencies of the angular Trygliphes, which are found in the Entablature of this Tem¬ ple. However, it is an authcntick precedent for the opinion of tl'ofe, who maintain that it is an Error to add a Bafe to the Dorick Columns, fince the anticnts never did, andthat it is apeculiarpropriety of that Order. The Antiquity of this Edifice, and the occafion on which it was built, do fill ren¬ der it more valuable. It is the general opinion, that it fands on the very ground wherein happened that memorable deed of theyoung IVOman, who knowingher Father to be fentencedto be Jlarv'd to death in that Prifon, came everyday fecretly to let him fuck her Alilk. Theflory is commonly known ; Pliny and \ aler. Maximus relate it, and fay, it happen'd under the confulate of L. Quinctiusfl/ii M. Acilius intheyear oy r Rome6o3, and about years before the Birth of JcfllS Chrift- * Plan CI1I, tr CIV. The End of the Fourth and lajl Book. Of the moft remarkable Things contain’d in this Work. Kl VT?.■ i N. B. That I. denotes the firfi and fecond Books ■ II. the third and fourth Books. The Cyphers denote the Number of the Page 1 A. SEGRIPPA built no more of the Jpl Pantheon than the Portico , II. 74. JPj jilejfand.ro Vittoria, a Carver or Sculp- III tor, II. 6?. Ant tents, they were very exaCt and curious in putting rogethcr and fitring the Stones of their Buildings, and had a parti¬ cular Method in creating them, I. 15. Made no Pedeftals to the Columns of the Do- rich Order, I. 2Nor often any Balls proper to that order, ibid. 24. II. 90. Made their Doors lometimes narrower above than below, I. 4j. 11. 79. How they made their Chimneys, I. 48. Ufed to make the Steps of their Staircafes of an odd Number and why? I. 50. Built Porticoes, or Pi¬ azzas, round their Markets or publick Places, II. 51. Their manner in building of Tem¬ ples, II. 45 to 55. They took a particular Care to perfeCt and finilh fmall Buildings, but in the large ones contented themlelves to finilh here and there a Piece, II. 81. ylnjelmo Canera of Verona a Painter, I. 6? 8*. 5 Apelles , a molt antient Painter: Augujlus caus’d two of his Pictures to be plac’d in the moll remarkable Place of the Temple dedi¬ cated to Mars the Avenger, II. 56. Architects alive under the Papacy of Julius 2d, II 70. Architects are to follow Nature, I 35. Architects may lometimes deviate from the com¬ mon Way, II. 80. Atrium or Entry of the Tufcans, I. 66 . That with four Columns, ibid. 6 j. The Corin¬ thian, ibid. 68; The Teltudinatcd or Tor- toife-Iike Entry, ibid. 69. Augujlus the Emperor ereCtcd a Temple to Mars the Avenger , II. 56. B. Baptifmal Font of Conjlantine the Great , II. 69. Bartolomeo Ridolfi, a Carver of Verona, I. 6 r, 8 1 * Baths cold and warm in the Palejlr.e of the Greeks for Places of publick Exerciles, II. $6. Battijla Franco, a great Draughts-man, *1. 8c." Battijla Maganza, a Vicentine Painter, I. 84. Battijla del Moro, a Veronese Painter, I. 86. Battijla Venetiano, a Painter, I. 79, 82, 86. Bafilic.e, or Courts of Jultice of the Antients, their UPe, and Conltru&ion, II. ^2. A Draught of the Bajilica at Vicenza, ibid. 34. An antient one at Nimes in Languedoc, II. 84. Bernardino India, a Vtronefe, and a Painter, I. 63, 8j. Bramante, an excellent Architect, and the rc- ftorer of Architecture, II. 70, 71. Brafs, and Corinthian Brals, their Compofition and Ules, I. 7, 8. Which way belt pre¬ fer v’d, ibid. Bridges, what ought to be conflder’d in the Conlt ruCtion, II, 10, 11. The Sublician Bridge at Rome, ibid 12. Julius CatfaPs Bridge over the Rhine, ibid, t 14, 15. Of the Bridge on the Cijmone, ibid. 15, 16, 17. Three different Methods of conftruing Wooden Bridges, ibid. 17, 18, 19. Wooden Bridge table. Bridge near Baffano, bu.lt by Palladio, ibid. ,q 2 r Of Stone Bridges, ibid. 21,22. Some of the mod reputed Bridges among the Antients, ilud. 2;, 24- Several ^othcr Bridges delcrib’d, fomc of our Author s In¬ vention, at Vicenza and other Places in l'. aly, ibid. 24, 25, 2C, 27, 28. C. Ca pitch of the Ionick Order, in the Angles of a Temple, teen in Front and m Flank, II. 66 . Cartoofbes or Scrowls, a modem Ornament in Architecture, and an Eye-fore to Artilts, L 35, 36. Ch.dk or Lime, the manner of killing it, I. 5. Chambers or Rooms , their Dimenfions, and ie- yen different Manners to make them propor¬ tionate, I. }7, 3 8. Of their height, ibid. 39. Of the Compartidon or Ditlributiop of Chambers, I. 48. Chambers of the lame Story mud have the fame Dimenfions, I. 48. Chimneys, and their Conftrufiion, I. 48. Churches, that of St. George at Venice, built by Palladio, II. 46. Chriftian Churches very like the Bajihu of the Antients, and why ? ibid. 47. A Defcription of them, ibid. Cirltuos ot Rooms, and their different Manner, I. 38. Claudius, the Emperor, began the Temple of Peace, II. <>8. Columns , of their Swelling and Diminution, I. 18. Thofe of the Doric!: Order as in the Temple of Piety have no Bafis or Pedeftal, I.25. II.90. The jointed Columns, made of fevcral Pieces, blamed by Palladio , I. 36. Columns, yet to be leen at the loot of the Capitol in the Forum Romanum, very beauti¬ ful, 11 . 72. Four Bral's Columns at Rome in the Church of S. Giovanni de Laterano, I. 7. Columns of alefs heigk than the Portico^ II. 82. Compartments of Streets in a City, IT. 6. Consideration , which one ought to have before he begins to build, I. 1. Covali, great Caves near Vicenza, formerly Quarries, out of which Gentlemen derive very cold Winds, to cool their Houles in hot Weather, I. 48. Convent of Charity at Venice deferib’d, I. 68, 69. Corinthian Brals ; fee Brals. Courts ot' Judicature ; lee BaftUcx. Covering of Buildings, I. 53. D. Diminution ol Columns ; lee Columns. D'.niiig-Rooms, lee Parlours or Halls. Dornmico Rizzo, a Painter, I. 61. Doors, their Proportions and Ornaments, I. 4}, 44 , 45 ? 4 , 7 hat of Acmes in Languedoc, ibid. 84, b5, 86, By. Temples dedicated to Antoninus and Faujtiua, 11.6,:, 61. To Bacchus, II. 77. ToC ajlor and Pollux at Naples, II. 8c. To Concord, II. 87, 88. To Manly Fortune , II. 65, 66. The Temple call’d !e Galluce, II- 62, 63. That of 'Jupiter on Monte Cavalio, ibid. 63, 64. That of Jupiter Stator , ibid. 71, 72. That o l' Mars the Avenger, ibid. 89,90,91. That of Neptune, II. 89, 90. That ot A er- va Trajanus, 11. 58, 59, 60. That of Peace, which our Author doth not believe to have been burnt, and why ? ibid. 54, 55. That of Piety, II. 90. in the Remark. That of the Sun and Moon , II. 61, 62. That ot Vejia at Tivoli, call’d by lome the Temple of the Sibyls , II. 79. Another of Vejia at Mimes, 86. Temp'.:’ built by Bramautc, call d San Pietro Mont or to , at Rome, II. 7 c, 71. Trajan repair’d the famous Appian Way, II. 4. Built a Bridge in Tranfilvania over the Da¬ nube, II. 24. Trigliphs, their Mealure, I. 25. Timber, which belt for Carpenters, I. 2, 3. Tufcany was the firft Country in Italy that en¬ courag’d Architecture, II. 45. V. Vefpajian finilh’d the Temple of Peace at Rome, II. 54- Vitruvius chofen by Palladio for his Mailer and his Guide, I. Preface. Valuta, and its Proportions, I. 28. In Ionick Capitals of an Oval Figure, II. 65. W. Waters, how to diltinguifli their Goodnefs, I. 75. Walls, different manner of Building them, 1 . 11, 12, 13, 14, 15. Of their Parts and Di¬ minution, ibid. 16, 17. JVindons, their Meafure, Proportion and Or¬ naments, I. 43, 44, 45, 4 6, 47' X. XyjH of the Antient Greeks ; what they were, II* 35* E RR A T A in the TABLE. Page i. Line 4. lead I. p. 2. 1. 20. read 1.59. 1. 29. «adll. 5* 1. io2read Vdmt. 1. ic8. read Valrnarana. i t\J \/VA.^ SSSISI ~ 35k fiCW ■i MMZP 7 jksiasEipMnife rg -A A A a:. 'V.'v'; 7/^.J/. 3. . s - XA1I mmmiwmmmmmW' -- - ■ v ' 1 r. r ;-' ■■-. <■ .v t H^X^VvxMkM'Amikx aTvv^.\k.\h w a n \.haX'S>v\ Vs>v "l t - /Wi». *• 1 : J J jj. mmsm a ? LWE 7 *YvK:vVvKvvvwtf4. rangrj r tol [ Mcamvciio. lr.r.Ji 'Ti::\U7 -.(*.; mmmfc ' aaaaa^^p ? «%* XXXIII m | D L L L L i: '//iVr r’ Vi-=TB-V ; yT7 ? xxx vm J&dl' ■ - '■ I I iMgfg • •.: 'v :, ■:-b\-^<:-W: aamnaijpaQiagg _-___._ LYIJ tx 1 f- 5 - .— -si —.-‘— fSb* 1 ' Kkgl 1 jg^Tj 1 !| «lL Mill 9 mA\ D .:::.„ 1 * | 1 "'1 s l im nnnnnnnl i -1 r\ ' i C .• — LXXXVI. ■Ill iii.'I £'-'V '.V^' V '.\^ i.'llli 'H'lilit.' mn)iiiiniiii ii:i:rm I MMMX ■ i LI i\\Vi ' ^ % p giwii pm wm : ^\ft\\r&\ (/J s > \/^ r \/ / W'W t'' '/uM' GtTTY CkNIES LISfiAKY